{"title":"Baking Mixes","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBaking Mixes\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — cake, brownie, cookie, pancake, bread and muffin mixes including gluten-free options. This collection lists \u003cstrong\u003e473 products\u003c\/strong\u003e from \u003cstrong\u003e162 brands\u003c\/strong\u003e, priced $48.18–$363.01 CAD. Every order ships free across Canada with no minimum, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pancakes-and-waffles\"\u003ePancakes and Waffles (138)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/cakes\"\u003eCakes \u0026amp; Snack Cakes (214)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/breads\"\u003eBreads (186)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrands stocked here:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-betty-crocker\"\u003eBetty Crocker (39)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-krusteaz\"\u003eKrusteaz (33)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-kodiak-cakes\"\u003eKodiak Cakes (26)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-bob-s-red-mill\"\u003eBob's Red Mill (23)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-simple-mills\"\u003eSimple Mills (12)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pantry-staples\"\u003ePantry Staples\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/breads-bakery\"\u003eBreads \u0026amp; Bakery\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest Sellers\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/new-arrivals\"\u003eNew Arrivals\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eAll categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eAll brands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ottos-naturals-grain-free-ultimate-cookie-mix-6-pack-12-2-oz-certified-organic-allergen-free-soft-chewy-cookies","title":"Otto's Naturals Grain-Free Ultimate Cookie Mix 6-Pack (12.2 oz) — Certified Organic, Allergen-Free Soft Chewy Cookies","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eOtto's Naturals Grain-Free Ultimate Cookie Mix is a versatile, allergen-friendly baking mix that makes soft, chewy, bakery-style cookies without gluten, grains, or nuts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6-pack of 12.2-ounce tubs from Otto's Naturals gives home bakers a reliable base for classic cookies and creative variations while accommodating common dietary restrictions. The mix is certified organic and free of the top nine allergens, yet formulated to mimic the texture and flavor of traditional cookie recipes. It works with conventional ingredients like butter and eggs or with plant-based substitutes for vegan and dairy-free options, making it suitable for a wide range of kitchens and occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is the mix to use for everyday baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOtto's Naturals designed this mix for straightforward preparation so both beginner and experienced bakers can get consistent results. Most recipes call for standard pantry items and require minimal measuring, enabling quick batches for snacks, school lunches, or last-minute guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd wet ingredients like butter and eggs or your preferred vegan alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix to dough consistency and scoop or roll per recipe instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake on a lined sheet until edges set and centers are soft for that chewy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat varieties of cookies can I make with this single mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne mix creates a broad spectrum of cookie types—from chocolate chip and snickerdoodle to peanut-butter-style treats—simply by changing mix-ins and finishes. The base is neutral and forgiving, so you can fold in chips, dried fruit, spices, or seeds to match seasonal tastes or dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate chips or cocoa for classic chocolate chip bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon and sugar for snickerdoodle-style cookies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeed butters or sunflower seeds as nut-free substitutes for peanut-butter textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mix suitable for special diets and allergy-sensitive households?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mix is crafted without gluten, grains, and nuts and avoids the top nine allergens, making it a practical choice for many allergy-sensitive homes. Its compatibility with plant-based milks and egg replacers also makes it useful for vegan or lactose-intolerant cooks who want familiar cookie textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified organic and free from top allergens for safer shared meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with egg replacers and vegan butter for plant-based baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for families, potlucks, classrooms, and gift-baking where allergies are a concern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the texture and flavor compare to traditional cookie mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula aims to recreate the soft, chewy profile found in bakery-style cookies while keeping a clean ingredient list. Bakers report that the finished cookies have a familiar mouthfeel and balanced flavor, so guests often don’t realize they’re grain-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy centers with slightly crisp edges like home-baked cookies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral-tasting base that highlights added mix-ins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent rise and spread for predictable results batch to batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Otto's Naturals Grain-Free Ultimate Cookie Mix is aimed at home bakers who want dependable, allergen-conscious baking without sacrificing the flavor and texture of traditional cookies. It suits parents packing allergy-safe snacks, cooks exploring grain-free diets, and anyone who likes to customize cookies quickly—whether for weekday treats, holiday boxes, or edible gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOtto's Naturals Grain-Free Ultimate Cookie Mix, Kosher, USDA Certified Organic, Nut Free, Gluten Free \u0026amp; Non-GMO, 12.2 Ounce (Pack of 6)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make these cookies vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, use plant-based butter and an egg replacer or mashed banana to make vegan cookies with this mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Otto's mix free from common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the mix is certified organic and free of gluten, grains, nuts, and the top nine allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Otto's Naturals","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001072275539,"sku":"B0CG15GSQ5","price":154.73,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/ottos-naturals-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787160262"},{"product_id":"miss-jones-baking-organic-sea-salt-chocolate-chip-cookie-mix-pack-of-6-vegan-non-gmo-13-oz-boxes","title":"Miss Jones Baking Organic Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookie Mix, Pack of 6 — Vegan, Non‑GMO 13 oz Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiss Jones Baking Organic Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookie Mix is a vegan-friendly, USDA organic cookie mix sold as a pack of six boxes for baking soft, chewy cookies loaded with chocolate morsels and a hint of sea salt.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of Miss Jones Baking Co. Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookie Mix delivers a pantry-ready solution for people who want homemade-style cookies without sourcing multiple ingredients. Each 13-ounce box contains an organic blend formulated to produce chewy cookies with abundant chocolate pieces and a balanced sprinkle of sea salt. The mix is Non‑GMO Project–aligned, made in peanut- and tree nut‑free facilities (noting coconut oil is used), and avoids hydrogenated oils, trans fats, artificial colors, and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this mix perform when I bake it at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is designed to yield soft, chewy cookies with consistent results across batches. Follow the package directions for ingredient additions and bake times to achieve a golden edge, tender center texture, and visible chocolate morsels. Adjustments like shorter bake time or chilling dough can fine-tune chewiness and spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields chew-focused texture similar to from-scratch recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes pre-measured dry ingredients to simplify baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate morsels remain prominent after baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalted finish enhances chocolate flavor without overpowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary preferences and allergies does it accommodate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cookie mix is formulated to suit plant-based and many allergen-conscious kitchens. It’s vegan-friendly and free from dairy and soy ingredients, and the product is produced in facilities that avoid peanuts and tree nuts (coconut oil is an exception). Always check the box for the most current allergen and ingredient statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSDA organic and Non‑GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly, dairy-free, and soy-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in peanut- and tree nut‑free facilities (contains coconut oil)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo hydrogenated oils, trans fats, artificial colors, or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product do I get and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes six 13-ounce boxes, giving you multiple baking sessions or the ability to share boxes with family and friends. Store unopened boxes in a cool, dry pantry; once prepared, baked cookies are best kept in an airtight container at room temperature for several days or frozen for longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 6 boxes, 13 ounces per box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened mix: cool, dry pantry storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked cookies: airtight container, room temperature or freeze for extended shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel includes best-by date and baking instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix or use it for other recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is a flexible base for tweaks and creative uses beyond drop cookies. You can fold in nuts (if safe for your household), dried fruit, or extra chocolate, or repurpose dough for cookie bars, sandwich cookies, or quick skillet bakes. Small ingredient swaps like plant‑based butter alternatives or oat milk can adapt the mix to taste preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: extra chips, fruit, or safe nuts per household needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as dough for bars, sandwiches, or cookie cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with common plant-based dairy substitutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChill dough for thicker cookies or warm slightly to spread more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This six-box set is ideal for home bakers who want reliable, organic cookie results without traditional dairy or soy ingredients; shoppers seeking Non‑GMO and USDA organic options; and households that require peanut- and tree-nut‑free production practices (excluding coconut oil). It also suits small businesses, gift baskets, or anyone stocking a pantry for frequent baking with a clean-ingredient approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiss Jones Baking Co. Cookie Mix, Sea Salt Chocolate Chip, Trans Fat Free, USDA Certified Organic, 13 Ounce (Pack of 6)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Miss Jones Sea Salt Chocolate Chip mix vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is labeled vegan-friendly and contains no dairy or animal-derived ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the product contain nuts or come from nut-free facilities?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The mix is made in peanut- and tree nut–free facilities, but it does contain coconut oil, so check the label if coconut is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Miss Jones Baking","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001111564371,"sku":"B01N0W30YX","price":166.75,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/miss-jones-baking-front-box-sea-salt-chocolate-chip.jpg?v=1787160909"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-protein-pancake-mix-dark-chocolate-18-oz-whole-grain-14g-protein-per-serving","title":"Kodiak Cakes Protein Pancake Mix Dark Chocolate, 18 oz — Whole-Grain, 14g Protein per Serving","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Protein Pancake Power Cakes mix in Dark Chocolate is a whole-grain, high-protein baking mix that makes pancakes and waffles with 14g protein per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStart mornings with a flavorful mix that blends whole wheat and oat flours and a dark chocolate twist. This 18-ounce Power Cakes mix is crafted to deliver a hearty texture and richer taste than ordinary pancake mixes, while using Non-GMO ingredients and a recycled paper box. It’s designed for quick hot breakfasts, flexible recipe swaps, and easy protein boosts throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix increase protein compared with regular pancake mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Cakes balances whole-grain flours with added protein to deliver 14 grams of protein per prepared serving. You can raise the protein further by stirring in dairy or egg additions, giving you a simple way to tailor macros without changing flavor much. That makes it practical for active mornings or when you want longer-lasting fullness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase mix supplies 14g protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd milk to reach about 18g protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd milk and egg to reach roughly 21g protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from whole wheat and oat flours for sustained energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from the Dark Chocolate Power Cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a pleasantly rich dark chocolate flavor that complements the nutty notes of whole-grain flours. The mix yields flapjacks and waffles with a tender interior and slightly crisp edges when cooked properly. Chocolate pockets and a hearty crumb make these suitable for syrup, nut butter, or fresh fruit toppings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDark chocolate taste balanced with whole-grain background\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender, cake-like interior with crisp edges when cooked\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with sweet or savory toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for waffles with a crisp exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use Power Cakes beyond pancakes and waffles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix is versatile as a whole-grain baking substitute for many recipes that call for flour. Use it in muffins, quick breads, protein bars, or skillet pancakes to add fiber and a chocolate profile. Because the blend already contains leavening and flavoring, adjust liquids and binders carefully for best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplace a portion of flour in muffins or quick breads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake protein-packed pancakes, waffles, or skillet cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate on-the-go bars by combining with nut butter and baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow mix-to-milk-and-egg tweaks to control protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product made with responsibly sourced ingredients and packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Cakes uses Non-GMO ingredients and whole-grain flours, and the product packaging is printed on a box made from 100% recycled paper. While ingredients focus on familiar staples like whole wheat and oat flours, always check the label for allergen information and ingredient sourcing details. The brand emphasizes simple, high-quality components rather than artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredient formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole wheat and oat flours as primary grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBox manufactured from 100% recycled paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel lists allergen and nutrition details for transparency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kodiak Cakes Dark Chocolate Power Cakes mix suits anyone looking for a richer-tasting, whole-grain pancake or waffle option with a protein focus — from busy parents and athletes to home bakers wanting to swap in a healthier flour alternative. It’s especially useful for people who want a quick, customizable breakfast that holds up through the morning and can be adapted into different baked goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, cane sugar, semisweet chocolate (sugar, unsweetened chocolate, cocoa butter, dextrose, sunflower and\/ or soy lecithin), cocoa (processed with alkali), vital wheat gluten, 100% whole grain oat flour, wheat protein isolate, whey protein concentrate, milk protein concentrate, leavening (baking soda, monocalcium phosphate), natural flavor, sea salt. Contains milk, soy, and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of egg and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in one serving of Kodiak Cakes Dark Chocolate mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One prepared serving contains about 14g protein; add milk or milk plus egg to raise it to roughly 18g or 21g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix to make things other than pancakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—use it as a whole-grain substitute in muffins, quick breads, protein bars, or skillet cakes with liquid and binder adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001209147475,"sku":"B01GQ32SPE","price":120.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-dark-chocolate-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162369"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-muffin-mix-double-dark-chocolate-high-protein-whole-grain-14-oz-pack-of-6","title":"Kodiak Cakes Muffin Mix - Double Dark Chocolate, High-Protein Whole-Grain, 14 oz Pack of 6","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Power Bake Double Dark Chocolate Muffin Mix is a high-protein, whole-grain baking mix that makes two rich chocolate muffins per serving with 18g of protein and no added fat or cholesterol.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from whole grains and designed for simple baking at home, this 14-ounce box (sold in a pack of 6) brings bakery-style double dark chocolate muffins to your oven with clean-label ingredients and a protein-forward recipe. The mix is non-GMO, free of preservatives, and lightly sweetened with raw demerara sugar for a deep, caramel-like sweetness. Kodiak Cakes focuses on convenient foods that boost daily protein without complicated steps—just add the wet ingredients listed on the box and bake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake these muffins at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery straightforward—the mix is formulated so home bakers can produce consistent muffins with minimal equipment. Directions on the box outline mixing, portioning, and baking times, making it friendly for beginners and quick enough for busy mornings or snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes clear step-by-step instructions printed on each 14 oz box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard home kitchen tools (bowl, spoon, muffin tin) are all that’s needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields two muffins per serving, ideal for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReliable bake time for consistent texture and rich chocolate flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix higher in protein than typical muffin mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Cakes Power Bake blends whole-grain flours and protein-rich ingredients to reach 18 grams of protein per two-muffin serving. That protein level helps make the muffins more filling and supports active routines where extra protein is wanted at breakfast or as a snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18 g protein per serving (two muffins)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated with whole grains to contribute natural protein and fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added fat or cholesterol in the mix formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients and no preservatives for cleaner labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the flavor profile—double dark chocolate—perform for different uses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe double dark chocolate delivers an intense cocoa character that works both as an indulgent breakfast choice and a portable treat. It pairs well with coffee, milk, or yogurt, and can be customized with nuts, fruit, or a light glaze if you want to boost flavor or texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeep chocolate notes from double dark cocoa mix well with add-ins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with raw demerara sugar for a richer, caramel-like sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile as a morning meal, post-workout snack, or dessert base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStays satisfying when warmed or eaten at room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Cakes Power Bake Double Dark Chocolate Muffin Mix is tailored for people who want a quick, protein-forward homemade option with whole-grain ingredients and bold chocolate flavor. It appeals to busy parents, active adults, bakers who prefer clean labels, and anyone looking to replace typical low-protein muffins with a more sustaining treat. Each purchase contains six 14-ounce boxes—ideal for stocking pantry shelves, meal prepping, or sharing with households that value easy, protein-rich baking without preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% Whole Grain Wheat Flour, Cane Sugar, Wheat Protein Isolate, Semisweet Chocolate Chips (Sugar, Unsweetened Chocolate, Cocoa Butter, Dextrose, Sunflower Lecithin), Cocoa (Processed With Alkali), 100% Whole Grain Oat Flour, Natural Flavor, Leavening (Cream Of Tartar, Baking Soda), Sea Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many muffins does one 14 oz box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yield varies by scoop size, but servings are listed as two muffins per serving; follow box directions for approximate total count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain preservatives or GMOs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the mix is non-GMO and contains no preservatives, per the product labeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001229856851,"sku":"B01MS41GIH","price":122.47,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-double-dark-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162606"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-pancake-on-the-go-cups-chocolate-peanut-butter-12-pack-single-serve-12g-protein-microwave-ready","title":"Kodiak Cakes Pancake On the Go Cups, Chocolate Peanut Butter — 12-Pack Single-Serve, 12g Protein, Microwave Ready","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Pancake On the Go — Chocolate Peanut Butter cups are single-serve whole-grain pancake mixes that make a warm, protein-forward pancake in about one minute using only water and a microwave.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese portable pancake cups bring Kodiak Cakes’ whole-grain, higher-protein approach to a convenient ready-to-mix format. Each 2.5-ounce cup combines 100% whole grains with chocolate and peanut butter flavor notes, providing a compact breakfast or snack option when you need something fast, filling, and simple to prepare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I have a pancake ready?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is built for speed: pour 1\/4 cup water (or milk for extra protein), stir, and microwave. The whole process takes roughly a minute of microwave time plus a moment to mix, so you can move from box to plate in under two minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: 1\/4 cup water or milk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave time: about 60 seconds (adjust for appliance power).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal tools: spoon or fork and a microwave-safe cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 single-serve cups per pack for multiple quick meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition will I get from one serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2.5-ounce cup is formulated to include 12 grams of protein and 4 grams of fiber, and the mix is made from 100% whole grains. The product is non-GMO and contains no added preservatives, making it a hearty option compared with many instant breakfast choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein: 12 g per serving to support satiety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiber: 4 g per serving for digestive fullness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole grains: forms the base of the mix for sustained energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives and non-GMO ingredients listed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow versatile is this mix beyond a quick microwave pancake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-serve cups can be adapted for several uses: enjoy as a hot pancake, turn into a snack bowl, or use as a simple baking or topping base. Adding milk, fruit, nut butter, or turning the finished pancake into a dessert with a scoop of ice cream are easy ways to customize flavor and nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse milk instead of water to increase protein and creaminess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh fruit or nut butter for more texture and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe as a dessert base with ice cream or toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable cups are convenient to stash for travel, work, or school.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I expect in the package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is sold as a 12-pack of individually portioned 2.5-ounce cups, each pre-measured for a single serving. That format keeps portions consistent and makes it easy to take one cup at a time without measuring or waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack count: 12 single-serve cups per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing size: 2.5 ounces per cup, pre-measured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: chocolate peanut butter built into each cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple storage: shelf-stable until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Cakes Pancake On the Go Chocolate Peanut Butter cups are designed for busy people who want a quick, filling breakfast or snack made from whole grains and higher protein. They suit commuters, students, gym-goers, and anyone who needs a compact, easy-to-prepare option that balances convenience with recognizable ingredients and satisfying flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, cane sugar, semisweet chocolate (sugar, unsweetened chocolate, cocoa butter, dextrose, sunflower and\/ or soy lecithin), peanut butter drop (sugar, palm kernel oil, partially defatted peanut flour, nonfat dry milk, salt, soy lecithin), cocoa (processed with alkali), vital wheat gluten, palm oil, 100% whole grain oat flour, partially defatted peanut flour, natural flavor (peanut, sesame), leavening (monocalcium phosphate, baking soda), whey protein concentrate, milk protein concentrate, sea salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need anything special to make Kodiak Cakes On the Go?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—just a microwave-safe cup, 1\/4 cup water or milk, and about one minute in the microwave.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use milk instead of water?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Using milk adds creaminess and extra protein compared with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001242898515,"sku":"B071K6BG2K","price":102.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162810"},{"product_id":"simple-mills-almond-flour-vanilla-cupcake-cake-mix-6-pack-11-5-oz-gluten-free-grain-free","title":"Simple Mills Almond Flour Vanilla Cupcake \u0026 Cake Mix, 6-Pack 11.5 oz — Gluten-Free, Grain-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Mills Almond Flour Vanilla Cupcake \u0026amp; Cake Mix is a gluten-free, grain-free baking mix that makes moist vanilla cupcakes and cakes with simple, recognizable ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of 11.5 oz boxes gives you a pantry-ready option for quick homemade cakes and cupcakes without artificial additives. Each mix relies on almond flour and a short ingredient list designed to deliver classic vanilla flavor while meeting dietary preferences like gluten-free, grain-free, and non-GMO. Made in North America, the mixes aim to simplify baking for everyday treats, celebrations, or meal-prep desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is this mix to prepare for cupcakes and cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward and works for both cupcakes and layer cakes. The instructions on the box guide you through mixing, baking temperature, and timing so you can get consistent results even if you’re new to almond-flour baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine mix with the specified wet ingredients—follow box directions for cupcakes or cake pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical bake times are adjusted for almond flour’s texture—monitor with a toothpick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for last-minute desserts since multiple boxes mean fewer shopping trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary needs do these mixes support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mixes are formulated to be accessible for several dietary styles without relying on artificial ingredients. They are gluten-free and grain-free, made from plant-forward components, and labeled non-GMO to suit people avoiding common allergens or grains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free and grain-free, suitable for those avoiding wheat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaleo-friendly and plant-based options for specific eating plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives; short ingredient list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat taste and texture can I expect compared to traditional cake mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing almond flour gives a tender crumb and subtle nutty undertone that complements vanilla flavor. While slightly denser than wheat-based cakes, these mixes still yield moist, flavorful cupcakes and layer cakes that many find satisfyingly close to conventional desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMoist interior with a fine, tender crumb from almond flour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced vanilla sweetness without overpowering sugariness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolds up well to frostings and fillings for celebration cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix be customized for flavors or dietary swaps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base mix is versatile and accepts common adjustments to change texture or flavor while staying true to cleaner ingredients. Swap add-ins or topping choices to create variations like lemon-vanilla, chocolate-chip, or dairy-free frostings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd citrus zest, cocoa, or chips to vary flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse alternative milks or oils to keep recipes dairy-free or adjust moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScale for mini cupcakes, loaf cakes, or sheet cakes using common conversions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This six-pack of Simple Mills Almond Flour Vanilla Cupcake \u0026amp; Cake Mix is ideal for home bakers who want a dependable, cleaner-ingredient vanilla cake option. It suits families managing gluten or grain restrictions, busy cooks who value easy pantry staples, and anyone aiming to serve a familiar dessert while avoiding artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Flour, Organic Coconut Sugar, Arrowroot Powder, Organic Coconut Flour, Baking Soda, Sea Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Simple Mills Almond Flour Vanilla Cake Mix gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is certified gluten-free and made without grains, suitable for gluten-free diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cakes or cupcakes does one 11.5 oz box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 11.5 oz box typically makes one 8- or 9-inch cake or about 12 standard cupcakes; follow box directions for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Simple Mills","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001246961747,"sku":"B07416MV97","price":155.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/simple-mills-vanilla-cake-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162905"},{"product_id":"simple-mills-almond-flour-chocolate-cupcake-cake-mix-6-pack-11-2-oz-boxes-gluten-free-grain-free","title":"Simple Mills Almond Flour Chocolate Cupcake \u0026 Cake Mix — 6‑Pack, 11.2 oz Boxes, Gluten‑Free \u0026 Grain‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Mills Almond Flour Chocolate Cupcake \u0026amp; Cake Mix is a six-pack of gluten-free, almond-flour baking mix designed to make moist chocolate cupcakes, cakes, and muffins quickly with simple, real-food ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-box bundle offers a pantry-ready solution when you want chocolate baked treats without artificial additives. Each 11.2 oz box blends almond flour, cocoa, and coconut sugar so you can bake familiar desserts that align with grain-free, paleo-friendly, and non-GMO preferences. The mix is made in North America and formulated to keep ingredient lists short and recognizable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery straightforward — the mix is pre-measured and formulated for simple home baking. Typical instructions call for minimal wet ingredients and quick oven times, so you can have cupcakes or a small cake in under an hour from start to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse common ingredients like eggs, oil, and water or dairy-free substitutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix by hand or with a mixer in one bowl for 2–4 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake in standard cupcake tins, a loaf pan, or an 8\" cake pan depending on the recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the ingredients different from conventional cake mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple Mills emphasizes recognizable, nutrient-dense components instead of refined flours and artificial additives. Almond flour replaces wheat flour, and coconut sugar provides sweetness with a lower ingredient profile, while the formula avoids corn and unnecessary preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary base: almond flour for moisture and a protein-rich profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetening: coconut sugar rather than high-fructose syrups or refined white sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree-from claims: certified gluten free, non-GMO, grain-free, and corn-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow versatile is this mix for different diets and recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is designed to fit into many eating styles, including gluten-free, paleo-friendly, and plant-forward households when paired with vegan substitutes. You can adapt it for cupcakes, sheet cakes, mini loafs, or muffin-style breakfasts with a few simple swaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan option: replace eggs with flax or chia egg alternatives and use a neutral oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower-sugar tweaks: reduce added sugar in frostings or use unsweetened toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: stir in nuts, chocolate chips, or berries for extra texture and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers who want chocolate treats made from short, transparent ingredient lists will appreciate this six-pack. It suits people avoiding gluten, grains, and artificial ingredients but who still want the convenience of a ready-to-bake mix. It's also a good pantry staple for families, busy professionals, or anyone stocking up for gatherings or weekly meal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Flour, Organic Coconut Sugar, Cocoa, Arrowroot, Organic Coconut Flour, Baking Soda, Sea Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Simple Mills Almond Flour Chocolate Mix is certified gluten free and grain free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cupcakes does one box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 11.2 oz box typically yields about 12 standard cupcakes, depending on batter portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Simple Mills","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001247125587,"sku":"B074184LSF","price":136.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/simple-mills-front-packaging-almond-flour-chocolate.jpg?v=1787162904"},{"product_id":"simple-mills-almond-flour-pancake-waffle-mix-original-6-pack-10-7-oz-grain-free-gluten-free","title":"Simple Mills Almond Flour Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix, Original 6-Pack (10.7 oz) — Grain-Free, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Mills Almond Flour Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix (Original) is a ready-to-make, grain-free pancake and waffle mix sold in a six-pack of 10.7 oz boxes that uses simple, recognizable ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for people who want breakfast that’s quick, approachable, and made from fewer, real ingredients, this 6-pack of Simple Mills Original Almond Flour Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix offers a pantry-friendly way to make pancakes or waffles without grains, corn, or artificial additives. Each box mixes into light, tender pancakes or crisp waffles using primarily almond flour and other purposeful components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix fit into a busy morning routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix comes together rapidly with a few common additions—water, oil, or eggs depending on your preference—so you can feed a family or meal-prep batches ahead. It cooks quickly on a griddle or waffle iron and freezes well for later reheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix 10.7 oz boxes supply multiple breakfasts for a household or long shelf storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes pancakes or waffles in minutes on standard cookware or waffle presses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze extras and reheat in a toaster or oven for quick weekday servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredient and dietary highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated with almond flour as the primary base, this mix avoids gluten, grains, and GMOs while also excluding artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives. It’s plant-forward and suitable for paleo-style diets; however, it contains tree nuts, so it’s not allergen-free for everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten free, non-GMO, grain free, corn free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with simple, recognizable ingredients—no artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant-based and paleo-friendly but contains almond (tree nut).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare pancakes or waffles with this mix for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the package directions for a basic batter and adjust for texture: add more liquid for thinner pancakes and less for thicker batter or crispier waffles. Cook on medium heat, flipping pancakes when bubbles form and waffles until steam subsides for a golden finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine mix with the recommended wet ingredients from the box; whisk until lumps are gone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a nonstick skillet or preheated waffle iron for consistent browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd mix-ins like blueberries or cinnamon to personalize flavor without altering prep time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Simple Mills Almond Flour Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix (Original) is suited to home cooks who prefer simpler ingredient lists, people avoiding gluten or grains, and anyone seeking an easy-to-prepare breakfast that stores well. It’s also a good fit for households that enjoy weekend cooking projects or need reliable pantry staples for everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Flour, Arrowroot, Organic Coconut Sugar, Organic Coconut Flour, Cream of Tartar, Baking Soda, Sea Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Simple Mills Almond Flour Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix is certified gluten free and grain free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make waffles with this pancake mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—use a waffle iron and follow package instructions; adjust batter thickness for crispier waffles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Simple Mills","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001247158355,"sku":"B07418HQ81","price":127.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/simple-mills-almond-flour-pancake-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787162903"},{"product_id":"judees-gluten-free-meringue-powder-mix-24-oz-gluten-nut-free-powdered-egg-whites-for-stable-royal-icing","title":"Judee's Gluten Free Meringue Powder Mix 24 oz — Gluten- \u0026 Nut-Free Powdered Egg Whites for Stable Royal Icing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJudee's Gluten Free Meringue Powder Mix is a 24-ounce, gluten- and nut-free powdered egg white mix designed to make royal icing, meringue cookies, and reliable piping for cookie decorating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis lightweight, resealable pouch contains a clean-label meringue powder formulated from powdered egg whites, sugar, cornstarch, and natural vanilla—crafted to deliver stable peaks, smooth royal icing, and consistent results for home bakers and professionals alike. The mix aims to simplify baking prep: just add water (and powdered sugar for icing) to get stiff peaks or icing with dependable drying and a glossy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I turn this meringue powder into royal icing for cookies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake royal icing quickly by combining Judee's Meringue Powder with sifted powdered sugar and water. Whip until you reach the desired consistency—stiff for piping outlines, medium for flood icing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical ratio: about 1 tablespoon meringue powder to 1 cup powdered sugar plus 1–2 tablespoons water (adjust as needed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeat until glossy peaks form for stiff icing or thin with water for flooding\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStores in a resealable pouch; cover unused icing to prevent crusting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix to make meringue cookies or pavlovas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Judee's mix makes reliable meringue cookies when whipped to firm peaks and baked low and slow. The powdered egg whites create airy, crisp textures without added preservatives or nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhip with water until glossy, firm peaks appear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePipe or spoon onto parchment and bake at low temperature until dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields approximately 50 standard meringue cookies per 24 oz pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product safe for people with common allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJudee's Gluten Free Meringue Powder Mix is formulated without gluten and tree nuts, offering a safer choice for those avoiding these allergens. Always check packaging for current allergen statements and manufacturing details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and nut-free formulation as labeled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives listed; made with simple ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for many baking recipes needing powdered egg whites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much will one 24-ounce pouch make and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 24 oz pouch is generous: plan on roughly fifty meringue cookies or multiple batches of royal icing depending on recipe ratios. The pouch is resealable to extend freshness; keep it in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate yield: ~50 standard meringue cookies per pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable stand-up pouch for convenient storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest stored cool and dry; avoid humidity to prevent clumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers, cookie decorators, and small-batch pastry makers who need a predictable, clean-ingredients meringue powder for royal icing, piping, and meringue cookies will appreciate Judee's Gluten Free Meringue Powder Mix. It’s particularly helpful for anyone who wants a gluten- and nut-free alternative that produces stable peaks, smooth icing finishes, and consistent results across decorating sessions or event baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dried Egg White Powder, Corn Starch, Vanilla Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What proportions make stiff royal icing with this powder?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use about 1 tablespoon meringue powder per 1 cup powdered sugar plus 1–2 tablespoons water; beat to glossy, stiff peaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this truly gluten- and nut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product is labeled gluten-free and nut-free; always verify the current package allergen statement before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Judee's Gluten Free","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001256693843,"sku":"B076B85Z3Q","price":107.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/judees-front-packaging-24oz.jpg?v=1787163039"},{"product_id":"carbquik-biscuit-baking-mix-3-lb-2-pack-low-carb-keto-flour-substitute-no-sugar-nut-free","title":"Carbquik Biscuit \u0026 Baking Mix 3 lb (2-Pack) — Low‑Carb Keto Flour Substitute, No Sugar, Nut‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarbquik Biscuit \u0026amp; Baking Mix is a versatile, low-carb baking base that replaces traditional flour for keto pancakes, biscuits, pizza crusts, and quick breads without added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCarbquik's 3 lb mix (sold in a 2-pack) is formulated to deliver familiar baked textures while keeping carbohydrates low and avoiding nuts and added sugars. It functions as a 1:1 substitute in many recipes where you'd normally use all-purpose flour, making it simple to adapt favorite family recipes to a low-carb lifestyle or to cut carbs without relearning baking techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Carbquik fit into my weekday breakfast routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbquik speeds up breakfast prep by working with standard pancake, waffle, or biscuit methods and browning like conventional mixes. Mix with eggs, milk or a dairy-free alternative, and cook on a griddle or in a skillet for consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes quickly with common pantry liquids and eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields fluffy pancakes and tender biscuits in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRequires no special equipment beyond a bowl and pan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix for savory recipes like pizza crust and bread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Carbquik adapts to savory preparation and bakes into workable crusts and loafs when combined with proper binders like egg or cheese. The mix tolerates additional herbs, cheese, and toppings, producing a sturdy base for pizzas, flatbreads, and savory rolls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes thin-to-medium pizza crusts with crisp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAccepts mix-ins such as rosemary, garlic, or shredded cheese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolds toppings without becoming soggy when prebaked briefly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat substitutions or tweaks help match classic baked textures?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieving traditional textures usually means adding moisture and binders that mirror gluten’s role. Eggs, cream cheese, or psyllium husk improve structure and chew, while fats like butter or oil enhance tenderness and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1–2 eggs per batch for better rise and structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse full-fat dairy or oil to prevent dryness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTry a tablespoon of psyllium or xanthan for stretchier dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the 3 lb Carbquik to keep it fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the mix in a cool, dry place and reseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening to preserve texture and prevent clumping. Proper storage protects the low-moisture formula and keeps it ready for quick baking sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in original sealed bag until first use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse an airtight container in pantry or fridge for long-term storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel with open date; use within recommended timeframe on the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Carbquik Biscuit \u0026amp; Baking Mix is aimed at people following low-carb or keto diets, anyone avoiding added sugars, shoppers who need nut-free baking ingredients, and home cooks who want an easy, drop-in substitute for conventional baking mixes. It's suited to cooks who want familiar textures with lower carbohydrates and to families who need a quick, adaptable base for sweet and savory recipes without specialty flours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Carbquik gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Carbquik is low-carb but not certified gluten-free; check the label if you require gluten-free products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I substitute Carbquik 1:1 for regular flour?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can often swap it 1:1, but expect adjustments like extra eggs or fats for structure and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Carbquik","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001264263251,"sku":"B078T1VHBY","price":121.19,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/carbquik-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163156"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-blueberry-muffin-mix-6-pack-14-oz-boxes-100-whole-grain-15g-protein","title":"Kodiak Cakes Blueberry Muffin Mix 6-Pack, 14 oz Boxes — 100% Whole Grain, 15g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Blueberry Muffin Mix is a protein-forward, whole-grain muffin mix in a convenient 6-pack, delivering bakery-style blueberry muffins with 15 grams of protein per serving when prepared.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a pantry-ready solution for homemade muffins that balances whole grains, real blueberries, and added protein. Each 14-ounce box in this six-pack uses 100% whole grain wheat flour, freshly ground grains, and no preservatives. The mix is Non-GMO and designed for quick baking or warming, making it ideal for morning routines, snacks, or portable treats between activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Kodiak Cakes Blueberry Muffin Mix fit into a busy morning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix bakes into muffins quickly and holds well for grab-and-go mornings. By starting with a mix that includes 100% whole grains and 15 grams of protein per prepared serving, you get more lasting energy than a typical refined-flour pastry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes multiple muffins per 14 oz box—multiply across the 6-pack for weekly prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady from batter to muffin in about 20–30 minutes, depending on oven and portion size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore-baked muffins last a few days refrigerated or freeze for longer convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional highlights should I expect from the blueberry mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix is built on whole grain flour and real blueberries, with 15 grams of protein when prepared as directed. Ingredients are Non-GMO and the product is made without preservatives—aimed at delivering a more wholesome muffin base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e15 grams of protein per prepared serving to help feel fuller longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour provides fiber and nutrients from entire grain kernels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal dried blueberries for natural flavor and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix for different diets or flavors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is versatile for ingredient swaps and add-ins: use milk alternatives, fold in nuts or cinnamon, or mix in extra fruit. You can also adjust sweeteners or portion sizes to match dietary needs or taste preferences without altering the base whole-grain profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwap cow’s milk for almond, oat, or soy to make dairy-free versions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd nuts, seeds, or extra berries for texture and nutrient boosts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse less sugar or natural sweeteners, or top with yogurt instead of frosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the 6-pack and baked muffins for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened boxes in a cool, dry pantry to preserve flavor and quality; once baked, store muffins in an airtight container. Refrigerate for up to several days or freeze individual muffins for up to a few months to retain freshness and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePantry storage for unopened boxes—avoid heat and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAirtight container or resealable bag for baked muffins at room temperature short-term\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze leftover muffins individually wrapped for easy thaw-and-eat use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Kodiak Cakes Blueberry Muffin Mix (14 oz, pack of 6) is aimed at people who want a quick homemade muffin with whole-grain ingredients and higher protein than standard mixes. It suits busy parents, active adults seeking convenient breakfast or snack options, and bakers who like to customize flavors while relying on Non-GMO and preservative-free ingredients. If you value simple pantry staples that scale for weekly meal prep and deliver a fruit-forward muffin without sacrificing whole-grain benefits, this mix is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% WHOLE GRAIN WHEAT FLOUR, ORGANIC CANE SUGAR, WHEAT PROTEIN ISOLATE, 100% WHOLE GRAIN OAT FLOUR, BLUEBERRIES, LIGHT MOLASSES, LEAVENING (CREAM OF TARTAR, BAKING SODA), SEA SALT, NATURAL BLUEBERRY FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many muffins does one 14 oz box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 14 oz box typically yields about 6–8 standard muffins depending on portion size and batter thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain real blueberries and artificial preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The mix contains real blueberries and is made without preservatives; ingredients are 100% Non-GMO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001268555859,"sku":"B07CBL3PZC","price":120.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-blueberry-muffin-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787163300"},{"product_id":"judees-gluten-free-meringue-powder-mix-160-oz-resealable-pouch-gluten-free-egg-substitute-for-royal-icing","title":"Judee's Gluten Free Meringue Powder Mix — 160 oz resealable pouch, gluten-free egg substitute for royal icing","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJudee's Gluten Free Complete Meringue Powder Mix is a ready-to-use powdered egg white substitute that whips into stable meringue and royal icing for gluten-free cookies, pies, and frostings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you bake for dietary needs, professional decorating, or home projects, this 160 oz resealable pouch delivers a pantry-ready way to make meringue, royal icing, and whipped toppings without fresh eggs. Formulated with dried egg whites, superfine sugar, and natural vanilla, the mix is produced in a dedicated gluten-free facility and designed to simplify recipes that call for meringue powder or egg white substitutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix replace fresh egg whites in my recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder is formulated to mimic the properties of egg whites when rehydrated: it foams, stabilizes, and dries to a firm finish. Use the recommended ratio of powder to water to achieve peak volume for meringues or the stiff peaks needed in royal icing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRehydrate powder with water per package directions for whipped meringue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeat to soft or stiff peaks depending on recipe requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates glossy, stable peaks that hold shape for piping and decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDries firm for crisp meringue cookies and durable royal icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work for cookie decorating and royal icing projects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mix is ideal for cookie decorating because it produces a smooth, pipeable royal icing that dries hard. The included natural vanilla flavor helps add a subtle sweetness without overpowering your colorings or extracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake royal icing for flooding and detailed piping work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintain consistent texture for small and large decorating jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch keeps powder fresh across multiple baking sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuits professional and hobby decorators who need dependable results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for people with gluten sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJudee's produces this meringue powder in a dedicated gluten-free facility to minimize cross-contact risks. Always check ingredient labels if you have multiple allergies, but this mix is formulated specifically with gluten-free handling in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in a dedicated gluten-free facility for safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients include dried egg whites, superfine sugar, and natural vanilla.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging helps maintain product integrity and freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful staple for gluten-free bakers and caterers servicing restricted diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure the powder for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the pouch sealed and stored in a cool, dry place to preserve texture and performance. Accurate measuring and following the hydration instructions will ensure consistent whipping and drying characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a tightly sealed pouch away from heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a kitchen scale for precise measurement in large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow specified powder-to-water ratios for meringue and icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within recommended timeframe after opening for peak quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Judee's Gluten Free Complete Meringue Powder Mix is designed for home bakers, cookie decorators, cake artists, and food-service professionals who need a reliable, gluten-free egg white substitute. It’s also a practical pantry item for anyone wanting consistent meringue performance without the variability of fresh eggs — especially useful for large batches, commercial kitchens, or bakers working with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dried Egg White Powder, Cream of Tartar, Corn Starch, Vanilla Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this instead of fresh egg whites for meringue cookies?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Rehydrate the powder per directions, whip to stiff peaks, and bake as you would with fresh egg whites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product certified gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The mix is produced in a dedicated gluten-free facility; check packaging for current certifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Judee's Gluten Free","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001307385939,"sku":"B07W7RM657","price":363.01,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/judees-meringue-pouch-front.jpg?v=1787164237"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-double-chocolate-muffin-mix-6-pack-20-oz-boxes-real-chocolate-chips-no-artificial-flavors","title":"Krusteaz Double Chocolate Muffin Mix, 6-Pack (20 oz Boxes) — Real Chocolate Chips, No Artificial Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Double Chocolate Muffin Mix delivers rich, chocolate-forward muffins made with real chocolate chips and no artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReady to bake decadence at home, this six-pack of 20‑ounce boxes makes it simple to enjoy fresh double chocolate muffins whenever the craving hits. Each box produces 12 standard muffins (or 30 minis or a loaf) and only requires basic pantry additions—water, oil, and eggs—so you can have warm, chocolate-packed bakes in under an hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these muffins “double chocolate” and how intense is the flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix combines cocoa-enriched batter with real chocolate chips to create layered chocolate flavor — a fudgy base plus pockets of melted chocolate. The result is a pronounced chocolate profile without needing extra chocolate bars or complicated steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCocoa powder incorporated into the dry mix for a chocolate base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal chocolate chips scattered throughout for melty pockets of chocolate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBakes into a tender crumb that highlights both batter and chip flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake and customize these muffins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBaking requires just three added ingredients and straightforward mixing, making it a fast option for home bakers and busy mornings. The mix is also a flexible base for creative add-ins and alternative baking formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBasic directions: add water, oil, and eggs; stir until combined; portion and bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields: 12 standard muffins, 30 mini muffins, or one double chocolate loaf per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomizable: fold in nuts, marshmallows, caramel pieces, or swirl peanut butter for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredient and storage details I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrusteaz emphasizes recognizable ingredients—real chocolate and no artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives—so you can bake with fewer unknown additives. Each box carries a long shelf life, making it convenient to keep extras on hand for planned or spontaneous baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real chocolate chips; free from artificial flavors, colors, and preservatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach box is 20 ounces; this listing includes six boxes per order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: approximately 548 days from production; store unopened boxes in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I serve or present these muffins for different occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese muffins adapt well to casual snacks, dessert plates, or coffee service. Their rich chocolate character pairs easily with ice cream, a dusting of powdered sugar, or a simple glaze for more formal presentations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream for an easy dessert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with chocolate glaze, powdered sugar, or a drizzle of caramel for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMini muffins make crowd-pleasing bite-sized treats for parties or buffets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home bakers, busy households, and anyone who loves pronounced chocolate treats will appreciate Krusteaz Double Chocolate Muffin Mix. It’s suited to people who want quick, dependable baking with room for customization—perfect for parents, students, catering small events, or keeping a stash of dessert-ready mixes in your pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many muffins does one 20 oz box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 20 oz box makes 12 standard muffins, 30 mini muffins, or a double chocolate loaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain artificial flavors or preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the mix is made with real chocolate and contains no artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001308401747,"sku":"B07WQYSJ2Q","price":122.24,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-double-chocolate-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787164265"},{"product_id":"bootylicious-protein-muffin-variety-pack-12-pack-single-serve-25g-protein-low-carb","title":"Bootylicious Protein Muffin Variety Pack — 12‑Pack Single‑Serve, 25g Protein \u0026 Low‑Carb","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eBootylicious Protein Muffin Ultimate Variety is a 12-pack of single-serve muffin cups, each delivering 25g of protein in a microwavable, bakery-style muffin across a dozen unique flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a grab-and-go solution designed for busy days, workouts, and snack-time variety without sacrificing protein content. This box contains twelve individual cups — one of each flavor — so you can taste the full Bootylicious lineup, from rich chocolate to fruity classics. Each muffin mixes with water and cooks in about a minute, giving you a warm, soft muffin with high protein and added fiber while keeping calories and net carbs modest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in this 12-pack and how different are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variety pack includes a curated set of sweet and slightly savory muffin flavors to suit many preferences, with one cup for each flavor so you can sample rather than commit. Flavors range from decadent chocolate profiles to bright citrus and classic bakery choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble Chocolate, Chocolate Peanut Butter, Chocolate Chip — rich cocoa-focused options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBirthday Cake, Cinnamon Bun, Carrot Cake — dessert-style, bakery-inspired tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBanana Peanut Butter, Lemon Poppy Seed, Mint Brownie — fruit, nut, and mint contrasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlueberry, Strawberry, Apple Cinnamon — fruit-forward and familiar breakfast flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does each muffin support protein and fullness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach muffin is formulated to deliver 25 grams of protein using a five-component protein blend, which helps supply sustained amino acids across several sources. Added fiber — including prebiotic fibers — increases satiety and supports digestive regularity, helping you feel fuller between meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25g protein per muffin from wheat isolate, micellar casein, pea protein, egg, and collagen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh fiber content with prebiotic fibers to promote fullness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach serving is designed as a substantial snack or light meal replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these muffins low-carb and easy to prepare on the go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each muffin is formulated with roughly 7 grams net carbs and comes under 200 calories, making it a lower-carb snack option for many eating styles. Preparation is simple: add water, stir, and microwave for about one minute, which makes it convenient for work, travel, or quick post-workout refueling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 7g net carbs and under 200 calories per muffin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners; uses monk fruit and stevia for sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve cups: just add water, mix, microwave, and enjoy in about 60 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and protein sources are used, and are there allergens to note?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe protein profile is built from a blend of plant and animal proteins plus collagen peptides for texture and amino-acid diversity. Because the recipe uses egg, dairy-derived micellar casein, and wheat protein isolate, shoppers who avoid these allergens should check ingredient details before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive-ingredient protein blend: wheat protein isolate, micellar casein, pea protein concentrate, egg, collagen peptides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with monk fruit and stevia instead of artificial sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains common allergens — including egg, milk-derived protein, and wheat — check label for full allergen info\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This variety pack suits anyone seeking a high-protein, portable muffin experience: active people needing quick post-workout protein, busy professionals looking for a filling snack, or curious buyers who want to sample multiple flavors before committing to a single variety. It’s particularly useful for those prioritizing higher protein, added fiber, modest calories, and fast preparation with minimal equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients (varies by flavor): Protein Blend (Wheat Protein Isolate, Micellar Casein, Pea Protein Concentrate, Collagen Peptides), Erythritol, Resistant Wheat Starch, Patent Wheat Flour, Polydextrose, Pasteurized Egg, Wheat Fiber. Depending on flavor, also contains: Allulose, Cocoa Powder (Processed With Alkali), Semisweet Chocolate (Sugar, Chocolate, Milkfat, Cocoa Butter, Soy Lecithin, Natural Flavors), White Chocolate (Sugar, Cocoa Butter, Nonfat Dry Milk, Butteroil, Natural Flavor), Naturally Colored Sprinkles (Cane Sugar, Palm Kernel Oil, Corn Starch, Beet Juice, Vegetable Juice, Annatto Extract, Spirulina Extract, Turmeric, Beta-Carotene, Paprika Oleoresin, Sunflower Lecithin, Maltodextrin, Carnauba Wax, Cellulose Gum), Cinnamon Chips (Sugar, Palm Kernel Oil, Cocoa Powder, Natural Cinnamon Flavor, Vanilla), Mint Chips (Sugar, Palm Oil, Whey Powder, Nonfat Dry Milk Solids, Gum Arabic, Anhydrous Dextrose, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Color), Peanut Flour, Peanut Butter Chips (Defatted Peanuts, Sugar, Vegetable Oil, Dextrose, Salt, Soy Lecithin), Blueberries, Strawberries, Dried Apples, Carrots, Poppy Seeds, Lemon Juice Powder. Contains Less Than 2% Of: Baking Powder (Corn Starch, Sodium Bicarbonate, Monocalcium Phosphate), Natural Flavors, Cinnamon, Nutmeg, Allspice, Turmeric, Natural Banana Flavor, Soy Lecithin, Sea Salt, Stevia Extract, Monk Fruit Extract. Contains: Wheat, Milk, Soy, Egg, Peanut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does a muffin take to cook?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir the cup with water and microwave for about 60 seconds for a warm muffin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each muffin?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each muffin contains 25 grams of protein from a five-ingredient protein blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Bootylicious","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001342382163,"sku":"B08V41J93S","price":145.37,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/bootylicious-12-pack-front-to-back.jpg?v=1787165379"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-blueberry-power-cakes-pancake-waffle-mix-6-pack-high-protein-whole-grain","title":"Kodiak Cakes Blueberry Power Cakes Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix 6‑Pack — High‑Protein Whole Grain","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Power Cakes Blueberry Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix is a ready-to-make, high-protein whole-grain batter that creates blueberry-flavored pancakes and waffles quickly and with up to 21 grams of protein per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis six-pack of Kodiak Blueberry Power Cakes brings a fruit-forward pancake and waffle mix formulated from whole grains and added protein. Each 18 oz box is pre-blended with blueberry flavor so you don’t have to add fruit, and the mix is designed to be versatile: make flapjacks, waffles, or use it for creative baking. It’s intended for home cooks who want a hearty, protein-forward breakfast with fewer steps and no need to source extra mix-ins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Kodiak Blueberry Power Cakes for pancakes or waffles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing this mix is straightforward and fast. You can keep it simple using water or boost protein and texture by using milk and\/or eggs depending on how much protein and richness you want in the final product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor quick pancakes: combine mix with water, stir until just blended, cook on a heated griddle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor higher protein: swap water for milk and add an egg per batch for up to 21 g protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor waffles: heat your waffle iron and follow the same batter ratios; expect a slightly crisper exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook time: medium heat, 2–3 minutes per side for pancakes; adjust for waffle maker instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits and protein levels can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix centers on whole grains and added protein to help make meals more filling than standard pancake mixes. Protein content changes with the liquid and optional egg additions you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase mix provides approximately 14 g protein per serving when prepared as directed with typical liquids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse milk instead of water to reach about 18 g protein per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd milk plus an egg per serving to reach roughly 21 g protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% whole grains, supplying B vitamins and whole-grain fiber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix for other recipes besides pancakes and waffles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the texture and flavor of the batter make it useful as a base in other breakfast or baking recipes. Think quick muffins, skillet cakes, or protein-boosted batter for breakfast-style bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMuffins: reduce liquid slightly and bake in a muffin tin for blueberry protein muffins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked pancakes or sheet-pan flapjacks: spread batter in a greased pan and bake for an easy family portion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein bars: press thickened batter into a pan, cool, then slice for grab-and-go snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust sweeteners or mix-ins (nuts, seeds) to vary flavor and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Power Cakes Blueberry mix suits busy households, active people, and anyone wanting a heartier breakfast with whole grains and higher protein than typical mixes. It’s helpful for those who prefer minimal prep but still want a fruit-flavored pancake or waffle without adding fresh blueberries. With six 18 oz boxes per pack, it’s also a convenient choice for families and meal-prep shoppers looking for shelf-stable, protein-forward breakfast options ready in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, 100% whole grain oat flour, cane sugar, vital wheat gluten, whey protein concentrate, wheat protein isolate, milk protein concentrate, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, sodium bicarbonate), buttermilk, blueberries, sea salt, natural flavor. Contains milk and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, may contain trace amounts of egg, soy, and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in one 18 oz box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 18 oz box contains about 10 servings, depending on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I freeze pancakes made from this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Cook, cool completely, then freeze in a single layer; reheat from frozen in a toaster or oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001387339859,"sku":"B09KMJZ1Z3","price":121.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-blueberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165896"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-high-protein-pancake-waffle-mix-birthday-cake-6-pack-100-whole-grain-14g-protein","title":"Kodiak Cakes High-Protein Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix Birthday Cake 6-pack — 100% Whole Grain, 14g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Birthday Cake Power Cakes is a high-protein whole-grain pancake and waffle mix that delivers a sweet, bakery-style flavor with 14g of protein per serving for a hearty breakfast or on-the-go fuel.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from 100% whole grains and designed for simple preparation, this Birthday Cake flavor blends a dessert-like taste with practical nutrition. Each box in this six-pack contains 18 oz of mix (about 10 servings), and the formula is crafted to be flexible—use water, milk, or add eggs to boost protein. The product is pitched to active households and anyone who wants a quicker, protein-forward alternative to traditional pancake mixes without artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein will I actually get from these pancakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStandard preparation with water yields about 14 grams of protein per serving; swapping water for milk increases protein to roughly 18 grams. For the highest protein option, fold in an egg or two to reach about 21 grams per serving, depending on portion size and ingredients added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase mix protein: 14 g per serving when prepared as directed with water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk option: up to 18 g per serving when using milk instead of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMilk + egg: about 21 g per serving when milk and eggs are added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing count: ~10 servings per 18 oz box; this pack includes six boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Birthday Cake flavor different from other mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBirthday Cake Power Cakes combine a lightly sweet, vanilla-and-sprinkle profile with Kodiak’s whole-grain base, giving you a treat-like flavor while retaining the texture and nutrition of a hearty flapjack. The taste aims to bridge indulgence and nutrition—pleasant enough for weekend breakfasts, yet robust enough for active days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor notes: vanilla sweetness with cake-like aroma and subtle sprinkles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: whole-grain crumb with moist, tender pancakes or crisp waffles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse cases: breakfast, brunch, dessert-style pancakes, or waffle treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial preservatives listed in the formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is the mix to prepare and customize?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Power Cakes are designed for convenience: mix with water or milk, then cook on a griddle or waffle iron in a few minutes. The formula is versatile, accepting boosts like yogurt, nut butter, mashed banana, or protein powder to tailor texture, flavor, and nutrition to your routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick mix: just add water or milk for ready batter in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking options: stove-top griddle, nonstick pan, or waffle iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomizations: add eggs, milk, fruit, or protein powder for extra nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk convenience: six 18 oz boxes for pantry-ready supply or sharing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much mix is in the pack and how long will it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing includes six 18 oz boxes, each yielding about ten servings, so the full set provides roughly 60 servings total—helpful for families, meal prep, or stocking a pantry. Storage in a cool, dry place keeps the mix at peak quality; once opened, reseal to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: 6 boxes × 18 oz each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServings per box: about 10; total servings ~60 across the pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage tip: reseal opened boxes and store in a cool, dry pantry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest for: weekly breakfasts, meal prepping, or bulk household use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Cakes Birthday Cake Power Cakes are aimed at people who want a flavorful, higher-protein pancake or waffle option without sacrificing whole-grain ingredients—active households, busy professionals, parents prepping quick breakfasts, or anyone who enjoys a dessert-like pancake with the convenience of a ready mix. If you’re looking to boost morning protein, feed a crowd, or keep a tasty, long-lasting pancake supply on hand, this six-pack offers a flexible and shelf-stable solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, 100% whole grain oat flour, vital wheat gluten, cane sugar, sprinkles (sugar, palm kernal \u0026amp; palm oil, corn starch, color [beet juice, vegetable juice, annatto extract, spirulina extract, tumeric, beta-carotene, paprika olearesin, sunflower lecithin, carnuba wax), whey protein concentrate, wheat protein isolate, milk protein concentrate, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, sodium bicarbonate), buttermilk, light molasses (refinery syrup, cane molasses), natural flavor, sea salt. Contains milk and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, may contain trace amounts of egg, soy, and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make waffles with Kodiak Birthday Cake Power Cakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Use the same batter on a preheated waffle iron; adjust liquid slightly for preferred batter thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain whole grains and preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The mix is made with 100% whole grains and lists no artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001389109331,"sku":"B09Q7XR9BF","price":121.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-birthday-cake-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787165985"},{"product_id":"scottys-everyday-gluten-free-biscuit-mix-pack-of-3-0g-net-carbs-no-added-sugar","title":"Scotty's Everyday Gluten-Free Biscuit Mix — Pack of 3, 0g Net Carbs \u0026 No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScotty’s Everyday Biscuit Mix is a ready-to-bake, gluten-free, zero-net-carb biscuit mix that produces buttery, flaky biscuits with no added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you follow a keto plan, avoid gluten, or simply want a low-carb bakery-style biscuit at home, this three-pack of Scotty’s Everyday mix delivers a simple, reliable base. The mix is formulated without nut flours, soy, or genetically modified ingredients and requires only cold water and butter to make a dozen golden biscuits per batch. The result is a pillowy interior with a crisp top that works for breakfast sandwiches, savory sides, or creative low-carb baking projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these biscuits fit into a low-carb or keto routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScotty’s Everyday biscuits are designed to keep carbohydrates minimal while preserving the taste and texture of traditional biscuits. Labeling indicates zero net carbs per serving, making them suitable for low-carb meal planning when paired with protein and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0g net carbs per serving—supports low-carb macros\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugar—reduces hidden sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy portioning—12 biscuits per batch for meal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a base for low-carb desserts and sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix gluten-free and allergy-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is formulated without wheat, nut flours, or soy ingredients to accommodate common dietary restrictions. It’s created to provide a familiar biscuit texture while omitting gluten and tree nuts, so you can serve it to guests with those sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation—suitable for gluten avoidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNut-free—no almond or other nut flours used\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients—minimizes processed crop additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple ingredient list—reduces cross-reactive components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is the baking process for home cooks and families?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBaking Scotty’s Everyday biscuits is straightforward: combine the mix with cold water and butter, roll, cut, and bake. The instructions produce consistent results and are kid-friendly, making the mix an easy weekend project or quick weeknight side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly two added ingredients required: cold water and butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes 12 biscuits per package—good for sharing or meal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear, simple steps—suitable for novice bakers and children\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick bake time—ready in the time it takes to prepare mains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat uses and recipe ideas work best with this biscuit mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond classic biscuits, the mix is versatile for low-carb baking: transform it into scones, dumplings, crusts, or small savory hand pies. Its buttery flavor complements eggs, gravies, soups, and sandwich fillings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBreakfast biscuit sandwiches with eggs and cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBiscuits and gravy using low-carb gravy recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeto-friendly scones, dumplings, or pot pie tops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrust base for small pies and savory tarts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Scotty’s Everyday Biscuit Mix is aimed at people who want the comfort of traditional biscuits while managing carbs, avoiding gluten, or requiring nut-free baking options. It suits busy households, meal-preppers, and anyone who values a quick, dependable biscuit without sacrificing texture or buttery flavor. If you want a multifunctional, low-carb baking mix that’s simple to use and family-friendly, this three-pack provides value and consistent results for breakfasts, dinners, and creative low-carb recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these biscuits really gluten-free and nut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is formulated without gluten-containing flours and contains no nut flours, making it suitable for those avoiding both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What do I need to add to the mix to bake biscuits?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Only cold water and butter are required; follow the included directions to make 12 biscuits per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Scotty's Everyday","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001391173715,"sku":"B09TS1C7PB","price":110.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/scottys-everyday-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787166105"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-muffin-cup-variety-pack-12ct-whole-grain-high-protein-muffins-12g-in-chocolate-blueberry-cinnamon","title":"Kodiak Cakes Muffin Cup Variety Pack — 12ct Whole Grain High-Protein Muffins (12g) in Chocolate, Blueberry \u0026 Cinnamon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Muffin Cup Variety Pack delivers three ready-in-one-minute whole-grain muffin flavors with 12g protein per serving for a filling, on-the-go breakfast or snack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBusy mornings and quick afternoons call for food that’s fast, portable and made from real ingredients. Kodiak Muffin Cups bring whole-grain batter, simple preparation and protein together in single-serve cups. This 12-count variety pack includes Double Dark Chocolate, Blueberry and Cinnamon Roll flavors so you can rotate choices without sacrificing convenience or nutrition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these muffin cups fit into a hectic morning routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re built for speed and portability: mix with water, microwave, and go. The cup format eliminates plates and prep, so you can eat while commuting or take your muffin to the gym.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in about one minute—add water and heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve cups for no-mess portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable outer pack keeps extra cups fresh between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these muffins a more substantial choice than typical bakery muffins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak combines 100% whole grains and higher protein to create a denser, more satisfying muffin. Each cup supplies 12 grams of protein, which helps curb hunger longer than many lower-protein snack options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 grams of protein per muffin cup for lasting fullness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with whole-grain flours—no refined-only base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWholesome ingredients without complicated preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and how should I choose between them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains four Double Dark Chocolate, four Blueberry and four Cinnamon Roll muffin cups. Pick chocolate for an indulgent morning, blueberry for a fruit-forward start, or cinnamon roll when you want a sweet, bakery-style option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble Dark Chocolate: rich cocoa notes for chocolate lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlueberry: fruity tang and soft berry pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon Roll: warm spices and a sweet finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is storage and preparation at home or on the go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese muffin cups are shelf-stable—store them in a pantry until you’re ready to heat. Preparation needs only a small amount of water and a microwave (or hot water and patience), making them adaptable to home, office, or travel situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging for pantry storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave-friendly single-serve cups for simple heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact pack of 12 to keep variety without clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kodiak Muffin Cup Variety Pack is aimed at active people, busy parents, students and anyone who wants a quick, whole-grain, higher-protein breakfast or snack without elaborate prep. It’s especially useful for commuters, gym-goers and those who prefer single-serve convenience with three flavor options in one purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, brown sugar, 100% whole grain oat flour, palm oil, vital wheat gluten, nonfat dry milk, natural flavor, whey protein concentrate, honey powder (honey, wheat starch), milk protein concentrate, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, baking soda), blueberries, sea salt. Contains milk and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of egg, soy, and tree nuts. 100% whole grain wheat flour, cane sugar, palm oil, semisweet chocolate chips (sugar, unsweetened chocolate, cocoa butter, dextrose, sunflower lecithin), 100% whole grain oat flour, cocoa (processed with alkali), wheat protein isolate, whey protein concentrate, milk protein concentrate, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, baking soda), sea salt. Contains Milk and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of egg, soy, and tree nuts. 100% whole grain wheat flour, cane sugar, 100% whole grain oat flour, vital wheat gluten, cinnamon flakes (sugar, vegetable oil (palm, palm kernel, cinnamon, sunflower lecithin), palm oil, whey protein concentrate, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, baking soda), milk protein concentrate, natural flavor, sea salt, cinnamon. Contains milk and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of egg, soy, and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does each Kodiak Muffin Cup take to heat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Heat a prepared muffin cup about one minute in the microwave; times vary by oven power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these muffin cups made with whole grains?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Kodiak Muffin Cups are made with 100% whole grains for a heartier base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001418600531,"sku":"B0BMN7DGH7","price":114.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-muffin-cup-front.jpg?v=1787166601"},{"product_id":"betty-crocker-cherry-chip-cake-mix-pack-of-12-super-moist-pudding-enhanced-13-25-oz-boxes","title":"Betty Crocker Cherry Chip Cake Mix Pack of 12 — Super Moist, Pudding-Enhanced 13.25 oz Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetty Crocker Delights Super Moist Cherry Chip Cake Mix is an easy-to-bake boxed cake mix that yields a spongy, cherry-studded cake in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Cherry Chip Cake Mix combines real pudding mix with classic Betty Crocker baking know-how to deliver a moist, flavorful dessert with little effort. Ready to prepare with a few common ingredients, it’s designed for home bakers who want a dependable treat for birthdays, potlucks, weekend baking or quick cupcakes. The pack of 12 is ideal for stocking a pantry, meal-prep baking, or sharing with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is it to bake this cherry chip cake at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing the cake is straightforward and works well for bakers of all experience levels. Follow the directions on the box, mix the few required wet ingredients, fold in the included cherry chips, and bake until a toothpick comes out clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes pudding in the mix for added moisture and tender crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly a few ingredients needed—check the box for exact additions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBakes evenly in standard pans; time varies by pan size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for making cupcakes with the same batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from the finished cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finished cake delivers a sweet cherry flavor throughout with pockets of cherry chips that add bursts of fruity sweetness. The pudding base creates a soft, springy texture that stays moist for several days when stored properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness with bright cherry notes from the chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePudding-enhanced batter for a tender, moist crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight, spongy mouthfeel that pairs well with frosting or glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolds up well for slices, cupcakes, or layered cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix and what serving ideas work best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the mix is a flexible base for many variations. Whether you want to frost it, top it with fresh fruit, or incorporate it into layered desserts, this cake mix adapts to different styles and occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFrost with cream cheese icing, vanilla buttercream, or a simple glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in chopped nuts, shredded coconut, or extra fruit for texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as cupcake batter, cake pops, or split into layers for filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDress up with powdered sugar dusting or toasted almond slivers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the mix and the baked cake to keep freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened boxes in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat and strong odors for best shelf life. After baking, wrap the cake or store covered at room temperature for short-term use, or refrigerate to extend freshness when using perishable frostings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened: store in a cool, dry place on pantry shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked cake: wrap or place in an airtight container at room temperature for 2–3 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate when using cream cheese or custard-style frostings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor longer storage, freeze slices or cupcakes wrapped tightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 13.25 oz Betty Crocker Delights Super Moist Cherry Chip Cake Mix (pack of 12) is perfect for busy households, baking beginners, group events, and anyone who wants a reliable, crowd-pleasing dessert without long prep times. It also suits bakers who enjoy customizing boxed mixes into cupcakes, layered cakes, or specialty desserts for celebrations and everyday moments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched Flour Bleached (wheat flour, niacin, iron, thiamin mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), Sugar, Corn Syrup, Leavening (baking soda, sodium aluminum phosphate, monocalcium phosphate). Contains 2% or less of: Modified Corn Starch, Corn Starch, Propylene Glycol Mono and Diesters, Salt, Palm Oil, Monoglycerides, Dicalcium Phosphate, Corn Cereal, Sodium Stearoyl Lactylate, Xanthan Gum, Cellulose Gum, Artificial Flavor, Citric Acid, Red 40 Lake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can this mix be used for cupcakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Use the same batter, reduce baking time, and fill cupcake liners for cherry chip cupcakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain pudding?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix includes real pudding to help create a moist, tender cake texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Betty Crocker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001430003795,"sku":"B0C486L4QM","price":207.39,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/betty-crocker-cherry-chip-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787167016"},{"product_id":"bootylicious-protein-muffin-variety-box-12-pack-double-chocolate-cinnamon-bun-birthday-cake-25g-protein-low-net-carbs","title":"Bootylicious Protein Muffin Variety Box — 12-Pack (Double Chocolate, Cinnamon Bun, Birthday Cake) 25g Protein, Low Net Carbs","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eBootylicious Protein Muffin 12-Pack is a ready-in-minutes variety box of high-protein, low-net-carb microwave muffins in Double Chocolate, Cinnamon Bun, and Birthday Cake flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for busy routines, this 12-pack delivers individually portioned muffin cups that turn into warm, cake-like snacks in about a minute. Each muffin supplies 25 grams of protein, a solid dose of fiber, and just 7 grams net carbs, using a simple blend of five proteins and natural sweeteners like monk fruit and stevia. The set contains four cups of each flavor so you can rotate tastes throughout the week without baking from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein and nutrition does one muffin provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cup is formulated to offer 25 grams of protein and is also an excellent source of fiber. Muffins are formulated under 200 calories and keep net carbs low to fit into reduced-carb plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 g protein per muffin (5-ingredient protein blend)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh fiber including prebiotic fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 7 g net carbs and under 200 calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with monk fruit and stevia, no artificial sweeteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors come in the variety box and how many cups are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains a balanced selection: Double Chocolate, Cinnamon Bun, and Birthday Cake. There are twelve single-serve cups total—four of each flavor—so you get variety without buying multiple boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 x Double Chocolate cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 x Cinnamon Bun cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 x Birthday Cake cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed cups for grab-and-go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare a Bootylicious Protein Muffin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is fast and requires only water and a microwave: stir water into the cup to make batter, microwave about one minute, then enjoy. The method is ideal for mornings, between meetings, or after training when you want fast fuel with minimal cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour measured water into the cup and stir to a smooth batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave approximately 60 seconds (adjust for wattage)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEat directly from the cup or transfer to a plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for breakfast, snack, or post-workout refuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these muffins suitable for special diets like keto or low-carb plans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBootylicious muffins are designed for low-net-carb eating, offering about 7 grams net carbs each and sweetened with natural non-caloric sweeteners. They are keto-friendly for many people, though those following strict ketogenic or other medical diets should verify ingredients against personal guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 7 g net carbs per muffin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial sweeteners; uses monk fruit and stevia\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein blend includes wheat protein isolate, micellar casein, pea protein, egg, and collagen peptides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck full label if you have allergens or strict diet rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Bootylicious Protein Muffin 12-Pack is aimed at people who want quick, high-protein snacks that taste like a treat while supporting lower-carb goals. It fits commuters, busy parents, gym-goers, and anyone who prefers portion-controlled convenience without baking. If you value variety, simplicity, and a solid protein hit with fiber, this box offers a ready-to-heat option to keep in your pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble Chocolate: Protein Blend (Wheat Protein Isolate, Micellar Casein, Pea Protein Concentrate, Collagen Peptides), Erythritol, Resistant Wheat Starch, Cocoa Powder (Processed With Alkali), Semisweet Chocolate (Sugar, Chocolate, Milkfat, Cocoa Butter, Soy Lecithin, Natural Flavors), Patent Wheat Flour, Polydextrose, Pasteurized Egg, Wheat Fiber. Contains Less Than 2% Of The Following: Baking Powder (Corn Starch, Sodium Bicarbonate, Monocalcium Phosphate), Natural Flavors, Sea Salt, Stevia Extract, Monk Fruit Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do I microwave a Bootylicious muffin cup?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir water into the cup, then microwave about 60 seconds; adjust slightly for your microwave wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these muffins low in carbs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each muffin has about 7 grams net carbs and uses monk fruit and stevia instead of artificial sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Bootylicious","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001625563219,"sku":"B0F4RV556R","price":145.37,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/bootylicious-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787169217"},{"product_id":"pamelas-products-gluten-free-baking-pancake-mix-1-5-lb-pack-of-6-versatile-pancakes-waffles-baking","title":"Pamela's Products Gluten Free Baking \u0026 Pancake Mix, 1.5 lb (Pack of 6) — Versatile Pancakes, Waffles \u0026 Baking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePamela's Gluten Free Baking \u0026amp; Pancake Mix is a versatile, 100% gluten-free mix formulated to make pancakes, waffles, cakes, cookies and muffins with a light, tender texture.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCreated by a family baker and produced with rigorous gluten-control practices, this 1.5-pound mix (pack of 6) is designed for home bakers who want reliable, flavorful gluten-free results. The formula uses quality ingredients like cultured buttermilk and almond meal, provides whole grains per serving, and is certified kosher and non-GMO. Pamela’s also adheres to testing standards stricter than FDA requirements to reduce cross-contamination risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix perform for pancakes and waffles on busy mornings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is developed to produce consistently light and fluffy pancakes or crisp waffles with minimal fuss — perfect for quick breakfasts. Mix with water, milk, or a non-dairy alternative and cook on a hot griddle or waffle iron for dependable results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick prep: just stir wet ingredients into the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile: works in pancake griddles and waffle irons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: yields fluffy pancakes and crisp waffle edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFamily-sized: 1.5 lb bag makes multiple servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix for cakes, cookies, and other baked goods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the blend is formulated for multiple baked applications beyond breakfast. Adjust liquid and leavening slightly per recipe and this one mix can produce cakes, cookies, muffins and more with good crumb and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultipurpose: pancakes, waffles, cakes, cookies, muffins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstructions adapt: tweak wet ingredients and bake times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor base: cultured buttermilk and almond meal add richness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent rise and texture across uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow safe is Pamela's for people avoiding gluten or other allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePamela's products are always labeled gluten-free and manufactured under a strong gluten-control program. The brand tests to tighter thresholds than the FDA and participates in GFCO\/GIG certification and frequent facility swabs to minimize cross-contact risks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten testing: products test at 10 ppm or less.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: GFCO and Gluten Intolerance Group programs used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllergen options: brand offers dairy-free, nut-free and vegan varieties elsewhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives or corn syrup added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional and ingredient highlights should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix includes premium components like cultured buttermilk and almond meal, delivering about 8 grams of whole grains per serving and no added sugar. It’s wheat-free, non-GMO, and kosher certified, providing a balanced base for both sweet and savory recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole grains: approximately 8 g per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium ingredients: cultured buttermilk, almond meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean label: no added sugar, non-GMO, kosher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: 1.5-pound bag, sold as a convenient 6-pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and families who want a reliable gluten-free mix that handles breakfast and baking needs alike will appreciate Pamela’s. It’s aimed at people who care about ingredient quality and safer manufacturing practices — especially those managing gluten intolerance or seeking allergen-sensitive alternatives — while still wanting good taste and texture in pancakes, waffles, cakes and cookies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown Rice Flour, White Rice Flour, Cultured Buttermilk, Almond Meal (may appear as brown flecks), Tapioca Starch, Sweet Rice Flour, Potato Starch, Grainless \u0026amp; Aluminum-Free Baking Powder (Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate, Potato Starch, Sodium Bicarbonate), Baking Soda, Sea Salt, Xanthan Gum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix truly gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Pamela's tests products to 10 ppm or less and follows GFCO\/GIG protocols to reduce cross-contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make cakes and cookies with this pancake mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Adjust liquids and bake time; the mix is designed for pancakes, waffles, cakes, cookies and muffins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pamela's Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001709580371,"sku":"B000DZDJ0K","price":145.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/pamelas-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787170775"},{"product_id":"pamelas-products-gluten-free-baking-pancake-mix-4-lb-pack-of-3-all-purpose-non-gmo-kosher","title":"Pamela's Products Gluten Free Baking \u0026 Pancake Mix, 4 lb (Pack of 3) — All‑Purpose, Non‑GMO \u0026 Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePamela's Gluten Free Baking \u0026amp; Pancake Mix is a versatile, gluten-free baking base that makes light pancakes, waffles, cakes, cookies and more using high‑quality ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Pamela's Products from a family baking tradition, this 4‑pound mix (sold here as a convenient pack of three bags) is formulated to deliver consistent results across sweet and savory recipes while meeting strict gluten‑free standards. It combines real ingredients like cultured buttermilk and almond meal, is non‑GMO and kosher, and is designed for home bakers who want a reliable, multi‑use gluten‑free pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix perform for pancakes and waffles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is blended to produce light, fluffy pancakes and crisp waffles with a neutral, slightly buttery flavor that adapts well to toppings and syrups. It includes instructions and tested ratios on the bag so you can get predictable textures without experimenting for hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the on‑bag recipe for pancakes and adjust liquids for thicker or thinner batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks in standard waffle irons for a crispy exterior and tender interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains structure with add‑ins like blueberries, chocolate chips, or mashed banana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the mix to bake cakes, cookies and muffins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formula is designed as an all‑purpose gluten‑free baking base. It produces reliable crumb and rise when you follow the recommended egg, butter\/oil and liquid substitutions, making it suitable for cakes, cookies, muffins and quick breads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwap liquid and fat amounts per the bag’s guidelines for cookies or cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmond meal in the mix contributes to moistness and a tender crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugar in the mix lets you control sweetness in finished recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Pamela's ensure this mix is safe for people avoiding gluten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePamela's follows rigorous testing and certification to lower cross‑contact risk. Their products are GFCO certified and tested to well below FDA limits, with internal controls and swab testing to help prevent cross‑contamination in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProducts tested to 10 ppm gluten or less, below the FDA 20 ppm guideline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGFCO certification through the Gluten Intolerance Group (GIG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFrequent environmental swab testing and dedicated allergen controls in manufacturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the notable ingredients and dietary features?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend features cultured buttermilk and almond meal and contains whole‑grain content for added texture and nutrition. The mix is non‑GMO, kosher certified, and free from artificial additives; Pamela's also offers a range of allergen‑sensitive options across its product line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains cultured buttermilk and almond meal for flavor and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides about 8 grams of whole grains per serving in its formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives or corn syrup; no added sugar in the base mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Pamela's Gluten Free Baking \u0026amp; Pancake Mix is aimed at home bakers and families looking for a dependable gluten‑free pantry staple that doubles as an all‑purpose baking mix. It suits people who need certified gluten‑free products, shoppers wanting non‑GMO and kosher options, and anyone who likes to customize pancakes, waffles, cakes and cookies from one versatile mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown Rice Flour, White Rice Flour, Cultured Buttermilk, Almond Meal (may appear as brown flecks), Tapioca Starch, Sweet Rice Flour, Potato Starch, Grainless \u0026amp; Aluminum-Free Baking Powder (Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate, Potato Starch, Sodium Bicarbonate), Baking Soda, Sea Salt, Xanthan Gum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Pamela's mix certified gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Pamela's mixes are GFCO certified and tested to 10 ppm gluten or less, under the Gluten Intolerance Group program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make cakes and cookies with this pancake mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is an all‑purpose baking base; follow the bag's recipe adjustments for cakes, cookies, muffins and quick breads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Pamela's Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001724293203,"sku":"B000NMJWZO","price":183.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/pamelas-front-packaging-4lb.jpg?v=1787171021"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-buttermilk-pancake-waffle-mix-pack-of-6-5-lb-bags-light-just-add-water","title":"Krusteaz Buttermilk Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix, Pack of 6 (5 lb Bags) — Light, Just-Add-Water","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Light \u0026amp; Fluffy Buttermilk Pancake Mix is an easy, just-add-water mix that makes tender, airy pancakes and waffles—now available in six 5 lb family-size bags for frequent use or foodservice needs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re stocking a busy household, catering small events, or streamlining breakfast prep, this Krusteaz pack delivers consistent texture and classic buttermilk flavor. The mix combines soft wheat flours and a measured touch of buttermilk flavoring so pancakes and waffles come out light without complicated steps. Because it’s formulated to be made with water and contains no artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives, you get a reliable base that’s easy to customize with fruits, nuts, spices, or alternative liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is it to make pancakes or waffles with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing pancakes or waffles is quick: combine the mix with water, whisk to a batter, and cook on a heated surface. The mix is designed for consistent batter viscosity so you can expect uniform cooking and dependable rise each batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJust-add-water formula—no milk or eggs required unless you want to enrich the batter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePourable batter consistency for even griddle spread and uniform waffles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShort cook time per pancake—ready in minutes for busy mornings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Krusteaz mix different from other pancake mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrusteaz balances soft wheat flour with a buttermilk note to yield a tender crumb and subtle tang without heavy richness. The product avoids artificial flavors, colors, and preservatives, providing a straightforward pantry staple that adapts well to sweet and savory recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpecial blend of soft wheat flours for light texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated with buttermilk flavor for classic pancake taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives listed on the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize or scale recipes using these 5 lb bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large 5 lb bags make it easy to scale for family breakfasts, meal prep, or small catering. Customize by adding fruit, nuts, chocolate, spices, or swapping part of the water for coffee, milk, or plant-based milk to alter flavor and richness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix-ins: blueberries, banana slices, chopped nuts, or chocolate chips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLiquid swaps: use milk, buttermilk, or brewed coffee for richer batter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScaling tip: weigh portions for consistent volume when making large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix be used beyond pancakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Krusteaz Buttermilk Pancake Mix doubles as a base for waffles, quick breads, and certain breakfast-style muffins. The package includes a waffle suggestion, and with small recipe tweaks the mix can be adapted into other baked or griddled items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWaffles: follow batter instructions and pour into a preheated waffle iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick breads or muffins: adjust liquid and add eggs or oil per recipe needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreative uses: try savory pancakes with herbs and grated cheese for brunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This six-pack of 5 lb Krusteaz Light \u0026amp; Fluffy Buttermilk Pancake Mix is aimed at families, small foodservice operations, meal-preppers, and anyone who prefers buying pantry staples in bulk. If you host weekend brunches, manage a busy household, or want a versatile base for both sweet and savory breakfast creations, this pack gives you dependable performance and the flexibility to experiment with flavors and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched bleached flour (wheat flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamin mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid, may contain malted barley flour), sugar, dextrose, leavening (baking soda, sodium aluminum phosphate, monocalcium phosphate),soybean oil, defatted soy flour, salt, buttermilk, sodium stearoyl lactylate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need eggs or milk to make these pancakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this mix is designed to make pancakes with water only, though you can add milk or eggs to enrich the batter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product free of artificial ingredients?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the mix lists no artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives on the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001738874963,"sku":"B004IXYLSC","price":188.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-packaging-5lb-bag.jpg?v=1787171619"},{"product_id":"betty-crocker-gingerbread-cake-cookie-mix-14-5-oz-12-pack-molasses-spiced-easy-prep","title":"Betty Crocker Gingerbread Cake \u0026 Cookie Mix, 14.5 oz (12 Pack) — molasses spiced, easy-prep","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetty Crocker Gingerbread Cake and Cookie Mix is an easy-to-use pantry mix that bakes into warm gingerbread cookies or a tender gingerbread cake in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you crave chewy spiced cookies or a moist slice of gingerbread cake, this versatile 14.5 oz mix gives you both options with minimal fuss. Made with molasses and enriched flour, the mix is formulated for straightforward preparation—just add the few required wet ingredients. It arrives in a multipack of twelve, ideal for stocking up, gifting, or planning seasonal baking sessions. Betty Crocker has been a trusted name for simple, reliable baking for generations, and this mix continues that tradition by offering a classic holiday flavor in an adaptable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I turn the mix into cookies or cake?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the preparation method that fits your mood: cookie dough for drop or rolled cookies, or batter for a sheet or layered cake. The package directions provide ingredient amounts and baking times for both formats so you can get consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd the specified eggs, water, and any recommended fat for cookies or cake batter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix until ingredients are combined; chill dough if rolling cookies for cleaner cut shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cake, pour batter into a greased pan and bake per the package time and temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with frosting, glaze, or powdered sugar, or enjoy plain to highlight the ginger-molasses flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture should I expect from baked gingerbread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finished cookies are traditionally soft and chewy with warm spice notes from ginger, cinnamon and molasses, while the cake yields a moist, tender crumb. Sugar and molasses give a deep caramelized taste and amber color to both formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePronounced molasses backbone balanced with ginger spice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCookies bake to a soft, slightly chewy center with crisper edges when desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCake develops a moist interior suitable for slicing and layering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with cream cheese frosting, vanilla glaze, or a dusting of powdered sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does preparation and baking take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActive time is short—mixing takes minutes—while total time depends on whether you make cookies or cake. Cookies typically require a brief bake; cakes take longer but still finish quickly compared to from-scratch recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing: 5–10 minutes to combine ingredients and shape or pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCookie bake time: usually under 15 minutes for standard drop cookies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCake bake time: often 20–40 minutes depending on pan size and oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooling and decorating add extra time, but overall turnaround is convenient for same-day serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this mix for? Home bakers who want a dependable, speedy way to make traditional gingerbread without measuring multiple spices or sourcing molasses separately will appreciate this product. It’s well suited for busy families, seasonal bakers, classroom or party treats, and anyone who likes to keep a versatile baking mix on hand. The 12-pack format works well for stocking a pantry, donating to events, or creating gift baskets for holidays. If you enjoy customizing texture and toppings or need a quick dessert solution, this Betty Crocker mix delivers classic gingerbread flavor with straightforward steps and consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched Flour Bleached (wheat flour, niacin, iron, thiamin mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), Sugar, Palm Oil, Dried Molasses, Leavening (baking soda, sodium acid pyrophosphate), Wheat Starch, Dextrose, Corn Starch, Salt, Natural Flavor, Hydroxylated Soy Lecithin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can this mix be used for both cookies and cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The package gives separate directions so you can prepare cookie dough or cake batter with the same mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What additional ingredients do I need to bake it?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Typically you add eggs, water, and any stated fat; check the package for exact measurements and optional add-ins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Betty Crocker","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001763549267,"sku":"B000EMQG5C","price":122.75,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/betty-crocker-front-packaging-gingerbread.jpg?v=1787172264"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-power-bake-protein-muffin-mix-blueberry-lemon-6-pack-14-oz-18g-protein-whole-grain","title":"Kodiak Cakes Power Bake Protein Muffin Mix — Blueberry Lemon 6-Pack 14 oz, 18g Protein \u0026 Whole Grain","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Power Bake Blueberry Lemon Protein Muffin Mix is a whole-grain, high-protein muffin mix that bakes into blueberry-lemon muffins with 18g protein per two-muffin serving and no added fat, sugar, or cholesterol.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you need a quick breakfast, a portable snack, or a baking shortcut, this six-pack of 14-ounce Kodiak Cakes mixes is designed to deliver hearty muffins made from 100% whole grains. The mix combines real blueberry and bright lemon flavors with raw demerara sugar for a less-refined sweetness, and it’s non-GMO with no preservatives. Each serving (two muffins) provides 18 grams of protein, making it a convenient way to add more protein to your day without starting from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these mixes fit into a busy morning routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower Bake mixes let you prepare muffins quickly and in batches so you can stash breakfasts for the week. They require basic mixing and bake time, then store well in airtight containers or the freezer for grab-and-go mornings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix-to-bake convenience: ready with standard pantry staples and water, milk, or eggs per package directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBatch-friendly: make a dozen muffins at once and refrigerate or freeze individual portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable: muffins are easy to pack for work, school, or travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits does the Blueberry Lemon mix offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix emphasizes whole grains and added protein rather than refined flour and empty calories. It’s sweetened with raw demerara sugar and contains no added fat, added sugar, or cholesterol listed by the brand, giving you a more textured, nutritious muffin option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18g protein per two-muffin serving to support satiety and recovery needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% whole grains for fiber and sustained energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients and no preservatives for a cleaner label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize or use this mix in other recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Cakes Power Bake is versatile: use it as directed for muffins or swap it into other baked goods for extra whole-grain protein. You can add fresh berries, nuts, or a yogurt swirl to change texture and flavor while preserving the base nutrition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute for up to 100% of flour in muffin or quick-bread recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: extra blueberries, lemon zest, Greek yogurt, or chopped nuts (watch allergen info).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake at different times or in mini pans to change size and portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Cakes Power Bake Blueberry Lemon Protein Muffin Mix is aimed at people who want a faster route to whole-grain baked goods with a higher protein profile: busy parents, meal-preppers, active adults, and anyone who prefers a more wholesome ingredient list. It’s also a solid option for bakers who like to customize premade mixes—just remember the pack contains tree nut allergen information and to follow any dietary restrictions you have. The six-pack format keeps your pantry stocked so you can bake fresh muffins whenever you need them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% whole grain wheat flour, cane sugar, vital wheat gluten, 100% whole grain oat flour, blueberries, natural flavor, lemon juice powder (lemon crystals [citric acid, lemon oil, lemon juice], maltodextrin, pectin), leavening (cream of tarter, sodium bicarbonate), sea salt. Contains wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of eggs, milk, soy, and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in each serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving (two muffins) provides 18 grams of protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the mix non-GMO and preservative-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is labeled non-GMO and contains no added preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001763745875,"sku":"B01N1YZ7X7","price":118.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-blueberry-lemon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787172261"},{"product_id":"simple-mills-almond-flour-banana-muffin-bread-mix-6-pack-9-oz-each-gluten-free-grain-free-baking-mix","title":"Simple Mills Almond Flour Banana Muffin \u0026 Bread Mix, 6-pack (9 oz each) — gluten-free, grain-free baking mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Mills Almond Flour Banana Muffin and Bread Mix is a ready-to-bake almond-flour mix that delivers real banana flavor in convenient six-pack boxes for gluten-free, grain-free baking at home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Simple Mills in North America, this six-box package lets you bake banana muffins or loaves with a short, purposeful ingredient list and no artificial additives. Each 9 oz box uses almond flour and real banana to create moist, naturally flavored baked goods that fit a variety of dietary preferences, including gluten-free, paleo-friendly, and plant-based lifestyles. The mix is shelf-stable and designed for simple preparation so you can make fresh banana bread or muffins without long shopping lists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Simple Mills Almond Flour Banana Mix quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing and baking are straightforward: combine the dry mix with the wet ingredients called for on the box, pour into a pan or muffin tin, and bake. Most home bakers will finish in under an hour, depending on size and oven. This mix is forgiving for varying oven types and simplifies measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow box directions for ratios of eggs, oil, or water as specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a standard loaf pan or 12-muffin tin for common bake times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck doneness with a toothpick — it should come out clean or with a few moist crumbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are in the mix and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula centers on almond flour and real bananas for flavor and texture, plus other carefully chosen components to keep the ingredient list short and recognizable. Simple Mills avoids artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, focusing on nutrient-dense, plant-forward elements. The product is Non-GMO, certified gluten-free, grain-free, and free from corn ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmond flour provides structure, protein, and a tender crumb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal banana adds natural sweetness and banana aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial ingredients — formulated for clean-label eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix fit special diets like paleo or vegan modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is labeled paleo-friendly and plant-based, but adjustments may be needed for strict vegan use since the standard recipe can call for eggs. Many bakers successfully substitute flax or chia egg replacers and plant-based oils to create egg-free versions, though texture may vary slightly. Always follow safe substitution ratios when modifying recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaleo-friendly as formulated; grain-free and corn-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor vegan baking, try flax or chia egg substitutes plus a neutral oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well within gluten-free meal plans and for dairy-free needs when using non-dairy add-ins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the six-pack to keep mixes fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened boxes in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight for optimal shelf life. Once opened, reseal or transfer to an airtight container to protect against moisture and odors. Baked goods are best enjoyed within a few days or frozen for longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep unopened boxes at room temperature in a dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers after opening to maintain bake quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze baked loaves or muffins for up to three months for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Simple Mills Almond Flour Banana Muffin and Bread Mix (6-pack) suits home bakers who want quick, cleaner-label baking with recognizable ingredients. It’s ideal for people following gluten-free, grain-free, or paleo-style diets, families who want a pantry-ready baking option, and anyone who enjoys the flavor of real banana without artificial additives. The six-box pack makes it easy to keep multiple loaves or batches on hand for breakfasts, snacks, or sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Flour, Banana, Organic Coconut Sugar, Arrowroot, Organic Coconut Flour, Baking Soda, Sea Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix gluten-free and grain-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is certified gluten-free and formulated to be grain-free, using almond flour as the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make muffins instead of a loaf with one box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. One 9 oz box can typically produce a standard loaf or about 12 muffins depending on batter distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Simple Mills","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001768530003,"sku":"B07418GMV4","price":108.65,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/simple-mills-almond-flour-banana-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787172416"},{"product_id":"flourish-protein-pancake-waffle-mix-vanilla-430g-x2-23g-protein-7g-fiber-no-added-sugar","title":"Flourish Protein Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix - Vanilla 430g x2, 23g Protein \u0026 7g Fiber, No Added Sugar","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Protein Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix is a vanilla-flavored dry mix that delivers 23 grams of protein and 7 grams of fiber per serving with no added sugar — just add water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you want a quick breakfast, an afternoon snack, or a high-protein baking base, this Canadian-made mix combines whey protein and flax seed into a convenient powder that becomes pancakes, waffles, muffins or more. Each 430 g pack in the 2-pack provides a pantry-stable solution for busy mornings and protein-forward meal ideas without added sugar or artificial fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much protein and fiber will I get per serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach prepared serving of the Flourish Vanilla mix supplies 23 grams of protein and 7 grams of fiber. The protein comes largely from whey, while flax seed contributes both fiber and healthy texture. That balance aims to support satiety through the morning or between meals without adding sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e23 g protein per serving — whey-based for fast absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e7 g fiber per serving — from flax seed for texture and fullness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0 g added sugar — sweet vanilla flavor without added sweeteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in Canada — manufactured to local quality standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare pancakes, waffles, or other recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward: the mix is designed to work with water only, so you can make batter quickly and cook pancakes or waffles in minutes. The neutral vanilla profile also makes the mix versatile for baking and savory variations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJust add water to the dry mix and stir until smooth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook on a nonstick griddle for pancakes or pour into a waffle iron for waffles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the mix in muffin tins, donut molds, or as a base for protein snack bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd berries, spices, or a nut butter swirl for extra flavor and nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this mix fit special diets or lifestyle goals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlourish Vanilla is formulated without added sugar and uses whole, natural ingredients, making it suitable for many health-minded plans. While it contains whey (so it’s not dairy-free), it pairs well with low-carb, calorie-conscious, or protein-focused goals when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugar — good for lower-sugar meal plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh protein and fiber — supports hunger control and active lifestyles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot dairy-free — contains whey protein (check if lactose-sensitive).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks for keto-style or reduced-carb routines when portions are adjusted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the mix beyond pancakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flourish mix is engineered as a multi-use powder for more than breakfast; it performs well in baking and savory cooking too. Swap it into muffin, cookie, or batter-based snack recipes to boost protein content and add a subtle vanilla note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake high-protein muffins, donuts, or quick bread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate protein-packed snack bars or energy bites with mix plus add-ins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhip up savory pancakes by adding herbs and cheese for a lunch option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a batter base for waffle sandwiches or portable meals on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Flourish Protein Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix in Vanilla is aimed at anyone seeking a quick, higher-protein breakfast or baking base — busy parents, athletes, office workers, and home bakers who want a convenient way to add protein and fiber without added sugar. If you prefer natural ingredients, need a simple water-only mix, and like vanilla-flavored pancakes and waffles, this Canadian-made 430 g (2-pack) product can simplify meal prep while expanding recipe options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ehole Wheat Flour, Whey Protein Concentrate, Wheat Protein Isolate, Baking Powder, Natural Vanilla Flavour, Salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need milk or eggs to make these pancakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the mix is formulated to work with water only, though you can add milk or eggs for extra richness if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label: Flourish contains wheat-derived ingredients unless explicitly marked gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Flourish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001779310675,"sku":"B0C6YG2158","price":85.77,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/flourish-front-packaging-vanilla.jpg?v=1787172838"},{"product_id":"gonanas-chocolate-chip-banana-bread-muffin-mix-gluten-free-vegan-3-pack-oat-flour","title":"GoNanas Chocolate Chip Banana Bread \u0026 Muffin Mix — Gluten-Free Vegan, 3-Pack, Oat Flour","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoNanas Chocolate Chip Banana Bread \u0026amp; Muffin Mix is a gluten-free, vegan baking mix designed to make 12 muffins or one large loaf with familiar banana-and-chocolate-chip flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the taste of homemade banana bread without lengthy prep or hard-to-find ingredients, this three-pack from GoNanas gives you an allergen-friendly base you can bake straight from the box or personalize with your favorite add-ins. The mix uses oat flour and was developed to work with overripe bananas, turning fruit that might be tossed into delightfully moist bread or light muffins. It’s made by a woman-owned brand that emphasizes simple ingredients and reducing food waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake straight from the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can bake a loaf or a dozen muffins using basic pantry additions and ripe bananas. The package provides a straightforward foundation: add banana plus your choice of oil or butter and a liquid to bring the batter together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne bag yields 12 muffins or one standard large loaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow included directions: mix bananas, fat, and liquid then fold into dry mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBakes quickly — muffins finish faster, loaf requires standard bake time for quick breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize texture and flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mix is formulated to accept variations so you control moistness and crumb. Use three bananas for a denser, moister loaf or two bananas for a lighter, fluffier result; add-ins let you alter flavor and texture easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd chocolate chips, nuts, dried fruit, or spices for new flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwap butter for oil or dairy-free alternatives to adjust richness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTry maple syrup or honey for added sweetness and a deeper color when desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this suitable for people with allergies and dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoNanas designed the mix to be inclusive: it’s vegan and free from common allergens like gluten, tree nuts, and soy. That makes it a practical choice for households with diverse dietary needs, while still preserving the classic banana-bread taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with oat flour — no wheat gluten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated without nuts, soy, and other major allergens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly; suitable for dairy-free diets when you choose plant-based fats and liquids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should leftovers be stored and how long will they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage is flexible depending on when you plan to consume leftovers. The mix’s finished bread or muffins keep well at room temperature for a few days, longer chilled, and can be frozen for months without losing much quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature: keep covered for up to three days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerator: store covered for five to seven days to maintain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreezer: wrap tightly and freeze for up to six months for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers who want quick, nostalgic banana bread flavor without common allergens will appreciate this GoNanas mix. It’s aimed at people seeking an easy base that adapts to vegan and gluten-free diets, busy families needing fast breakfast or snack options, and anyone wanting to use up overripe bananas while experimenting with flavors. Because it’s packaged as a three-pack, it’s also convenient for gifting, stocking a pantry, or sharing across households. The product supports sustainable thinking by encouraging the use of ripe bananas that might otherwise be wasted, while giving you a simple route to warm-from-the-oven banana bread or muffins anytime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluten-free oat flour, brown sugar, cinnamon, salt, baking soda, baking powder, vegan chocolate chips (sugar, chocolate liquor, cocoa butter, sunflower lecithin)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one bag make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One bag makes 12 muffins or one standard large loaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix free from common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—GoNanas mix is vegan and formulated gluten-free, nut-free, and soy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"GoNanas","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001782456403,"sku":"B0957YHW2T","price":103.22,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/gonanas-front-packaging-chocolate-chip.jpg?v=1787172936"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-meyer-lemon-pound-cake-mix-12-pack-of-16-5-oz-boxes-with-glaze-moist-bright-lemon-flavor","title":"Krusteaz Meyer Lemon Pound Cake Mix, 12-Pack of 16.5 oz Boxes with Glaze — Moist, Bright Lemon Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Meyer Lemon Pound Cake and Glaze Mix is an easy-to-bake boxed mix that yields a moist, lemon-scented pound cake with included glaze—sold as a bulk pack of twelve 16.5 oz boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix provides a fast route to a tender, buttery pound cake highlighted by bright Meyer lemon flavor and a separate glaze packet for finishing. Each 16.5-ounce box requires simple pantry additions—eggs, melted butter and water—so you can have fresh-baked cake without lengthy prep. The set comes as twelve boxes, ideal for catering, events, stocking a bakery, or keeping a supply at home for repeat desserts and lemon-inspired recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is the baking process for this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing and baking are straightforward: combine the mix with the specified eggs, water and melted butter, pour into a pan, and bake until done. Cooling fully before glazing ensures clean slices and keeps the glaze from soaking in too quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrep time: minimal—mix wet ingredients, blend with dry mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake time: about 45 minutes depending on oven and pan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish: use included glaze packet for a bright, glossy top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTools: standard loaf pan or bundt pan, mixing bowl, spatula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients do I need and what’s included in each box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach box contains the dry pound cake mix plus a lemon glaze pack; you supply fresh eggs, melted butter and water. The product is formulated without artificial flavors, and the simple ingredient list makes it easy to keep on hand or scale up for multiple cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncluded: dry cake mix and separate Meyer lemon glaze packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo add: eggs, melted butter, water (quantities on box directions).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllergen note: contains wheat and eggs; check label for full allergy info.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize this mix for different desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is a versatile base: fold in fresh berries, toasted nuts or citrus zest to tailor texture and flavor. You can transform it into cupcakes, a bundt cake, or mini loaves, and the included glaze is suitable for drizzling, dipping or glazing creative finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: blueberries, raspberries, lemon zest or almond extract.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShapes: loaf pan, bundt, mini loaves, cupcakes or cake pops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToppings: extra glaze, powdered sugar dusting, or chopped nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this pack best suited for? This twelve-box bundle is perfect for small bakeries, caterers, foodservice kitchens, event planners, or families who want a pantry-ready dessert option. It’s also helpful for gift baskets, volunteering events, or anyone who prefers keeping a reliable, easy-to-bake lemon pound cake mix on hand for quick entertaining. With clear directions and an included glaze packet, it’s designed to save time while delivering a classic, citrus-forward dessert suitable for a wide range of occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many boxes are included per order?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each order contains twelve 16.5 oz boxes of Krusteaz Meyer Lemon Pound Cake mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the boxes include the glaze?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each 16.5 oz box includes a separate Meyer lemon glaze packet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001804738643,"sku":"B00K73KJCO","price":151.39,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-packaging-meyer-lemon-pound-cake.jpg?v=1787173731"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-banana-nut-muffin-mix-15-4-oz-box-made-with-real-bananas-walnuts-quick-and-easy-muffins","title":"Krusteaz Banana Nut Muffin Mix — 15.4 oz box, made with real bananas \u0026 walnuts, quick and easy muffins","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Banana Nut Muffin Mix is an easy-to-make baking mix made with real bananas and walnuts that yields moist, banana-flavored muffins and quick breads.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re baking for breakfast, school snacks, or a casual get-together, this Krusteaz mix simplifies the process: combine with water, eggs, and oil, spoon into a pan, and bake. Each 15.4 oz box produces up to 12 standard muffins, 24 mini muffins, or an 8x4-inch loaf of banana nut bread. With no artificial flavors or colors, the mix is built to deliver consistent texture and a classic banana-and-walnut profile while still allowing room for creative add-ins like chocolate chips or dried fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is the preparation for busy mornings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is designed to be quick and straightforward—perfect when you’re short on time. The mix needs only a few common ingredients and minimal stirring before baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with water, eggs, and vegetable oil—no extra dry ingredients required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-bake batter in minutes; bake into muffins or a loaf depending on schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes 12 standard muffins, 24 mini muffins, or an 8x4 loaf per box for flexible portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix for different flavors or textures?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Krusteaz mixes are intended to be adaptable. Add-ins let you tailor sweetness, texture, and flavor without starting from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in chocolate chips for banana chocolate chip muffins or cookies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold in extra chopped walnuts or toasted pecans for crunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix in spices like cinnamon or nutmeg for a warmer, home-baked aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat results should I expect for taste and consistency?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix yields muffins and quick breads with a noticeable banana taste and walnut pieces throughout. Texture is tender and moist when baked according to directions; custom additions may slightly alter bake time and crumb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal banana and real walnut pieces for authentic flavor and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors or flavors to keep the profile straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReliable rise and golden-brown tops when baked as instructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much will one box produce for gatherings or meal prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 15.4 oz box is sized to support both individual and small-group needs. Use single boxes for home use or multiple boxes together for larger events or batch baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes up to 12 standard muffins per box—ideal for families.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields 24 mini muffins per box for parties or bite-sized snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces one 8x4-inch loaf if you prefer banana nut bread over muffins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers who want convenient, crowd-pleasing banana nut muffins or quick bread without measuring many ingredients will appreciate this Krusteaz mix. It suits busy parents, novice bakers who want predictable results, and anyone looking to customize flavors quickly—while preserving a homemade taste thanks to real bananas and walnuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched bleached flour (wheat flour, malted barley flour, niacin, reduced iron, thiamin mononitrate, riboflavin, folic acid), sugar, walnuts, food starch-modified, brown sugar, dried bananas, soybean oil, dextrose, ground flaxseed, leavening (sodium bicarbonate, sodium aluminum phosphate), salt, arabic gum, natural flavors, tapioca starch, xanthan gum. CONTAINS: Wheat, Walnuts. May contain milk, eggs, soy and other tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many muffins does one box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 15.4 oz box makes up to 12 standard muffins, 24 mini muffins, or an 8x4-inch loaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain artificial flavors or colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, this Krusteaz Banana Nut Muffin Mix contains no artificial flavors or colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001811128403,"sku":"B013OYOWEI","price":146.71,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-box-front-banana-nut.jpg?v=1787174039"},{"product_id":"sticky-fingers-bakeries-scone-mix-variety-pack-4-x-15-oz-original-wild-blueberry-tart-cherry-lemon-poppy-seed-quick-bake-te","title":"Sticky Fingers Bakeries Scone Mix Variety Pack 4 x 15 oz — Original, Wild Blueberry, Tart Cherry, Lemon Poppy Seed; quick-bake, te","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSticky Fingers Bakeries Scone Mix Variety Pack delivers four oven-ready mixes—Original, Wild Blueberry, Tart Cherry, and Lemon Poppy Seed—so you can bake fresh scones at home with consistent texture and flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for home bakers, busy mornings, or small gatherings, this variety pack provides four 15 oz boxes of pre-measured scone mixes from Sticky Fingers Bakeries. Each flavor is formulated to produce tender, golden scones with minimal effort—just add common wet ingredients and bake. The selection covers classic, fruity, and citrus-poppy profiles so you can choose a crowd-pleasing option any day of the week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is it to make these scones at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVery simple—each 15 oz mix contains the dry ingredients you need; you only add basic wet ingredients like butter, milk, and an egg (check box directions). The mixes are designed for straightforward mixing and shaping, suitable for bakers with basic skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-follow instructions printed on each box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal prep: typically mix, shape, and bake in under 30 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent rise and texture thanks to balanced leavening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need for specialty tools—mixing bowl and baking sheet suffice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and what tastes should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack contains Original, Wild Blueberry, Tart Cherry, and Lemon Poppy Seed. Expect a buttery, slightly sweet base in the Original; bright, jammy notes from the blueberry and cherry variations; and a bright citrus lift plus subtle crunch from the poppy seed in the lemon option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal: classic buttery scone flavor—versatile with jams or clotted cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild Blueberry: fruity bursts and soft pockets of berry flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTart Cherry: tangy-sweet balance for a bolder fruit profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon Poppy Seed: zesty lemon aroma with a delicate poppy seed texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve scones made from these mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened boxes in a cool, dry pantry. Once baked, scones are best served the same day for optimal flakiness; cool completely and keep in an airtight container at room temperature for up to two days, or freeze for longer storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened shelf life follows printed best-by date on each box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReheat gently in a low oven or toaster oven to revive crispness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreeze baked scones wrapped individually for quick future breakfasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe warm with butter, preserves, honey, or a light glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these mixes be adapted for dietary needs or creative uses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—mixes are flexible. You can substitute milk with plant-based alternatives, replace butter with cold vegan butter, or fold in extra fruit, nuts, or chocolate chips to customize texture and flavor. Follow the original proportions for best structure when experimenting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwap dairy for almond, oat, or soy milk—expect slight texture changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse vegan butter and an egg replacer as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: chopped nuts, citrus zest, chocolate chips, or dried fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce sugar or add a light glaze to control sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want reliable, bakery-style scones without mixing from scratch, households that enjoy variety for breakfasts or snacks, and anyone who prefers quick, customizable baked goods for guests, brunches, or gifting. Whether you’re a casual baker or planning a small event, the Sticky Fingers Bakeries Scone Mix Variety Pack gives four distinct flavors to satisfy different tastes with minimal time and effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Enriched Flours (Wheat Flour, Malted Barley Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamin Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Sugar, Vegetable Oil [Canola Oil (Ascorbic Acid and Rosemary added to preserve freshness) and\/or Sunflower Oil], Palm Oil, Buttermilk, Natural Lemon Flavored Pieces [Sugar, Enriched Wheat Flour (Wheat Flour, Niacin, Reduced Iron, Thiamin Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Corn Flakes, Corn Syrup, Palm Oil, Vegetable Colors (Pumpkin, Citric Acid), Natural Flavor, Annatto], Baking Powder [(Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate, Baking Soda, Cornstarch, Monocalcium Phosphate) leavening], Poppy Seeds, Salt, Natural Lemon Flavor, Baking Soda (leavening), Citric Acid. CONTAINS: Wheat, Milk. This product is prepared and packaged using equipment that may come in contact with Egg, Soy, Tree Nuts (Pecans, Coconut, Almonds), Sesame. Glaze not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many scones does one 15 oz box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 15 oz box typically yields 8 medium scones, depending on portion size and shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are any artificial flavors or colors used?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refer to the ingredient list on each box for specifics; recipes may include natural and conventional ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sticky Fingers Bakeries Scones Mix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001821810771,"sku":"B01JGRDMLQ","price":138.22,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sticky-fingers-variety-pack-front_jpg.jpg?v=1787174351"},{"product_id":"flapjacked-mighty-muffins-high-protein-microwave-muffins-variety-pack-12ct-20g-protein-gluten-free-probiotics","title":"FlapJacked Mighty Muffins high-protein microwave muffins, Variety Pack 12ct — 20g protein, gluten-free, probiotics","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlapJacked Mighty Muffins are single-serve, high-protein microwave muffins that deliver 20g of protein, under 20 net carbs, probiotics, and a ready-in-seconds treat for busy days or recovery.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Mighty Muffins come as a 12-count assortment designed to satisfy sweet cravings while supporting protein targets. Each pouch requires only water, a quick stir and a short microwave cycle to become a warm muffin with noticeable protein and real-flavor profiles—ideal for anyone seeking a convenient breakfast, snack or post-workout option without artificial ingredients. The variety pack includes Double Chocolate, Chocolate Peanut Butter, S'mores, Cinnamon Apple and Peanut Butter, giving you several flavor experiences from one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make a FlapJacked Mighty Muffin and what kitchen tools do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou need just water, a spoon and a microwave to prepare a muffin in under a minute. Mix the pouch with the recommended water amount, microwave for the stated time, and then adjust a few seconds for your preferred texture—less time for gooey, more for cake-like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreparation: pouch + water + stir\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook time: typically under 60 seconds in most microwaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture control: vary microwave time by a few seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for on-the-go: pouch packaging makes travel simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition does each muffin provide and how can it fit my diet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach muffin supplies 20 grams of protein with fewer than 20 net carbs and 10 grams of sugar or less, helping you hit macros without large ingredient lists. They are gluten-free and contain no artificial ingredients, making them a good match for many active, weight-conscious or gluten-avoiding eaters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein: 20 g per serving to support muscle and satiety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarbs \u0026amp; sugar: under 20 net carbs and ≤10 g sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients: no artificial flavors or colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpecial features: includes probiotics for digestive support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and who will enjoy this variety pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes four Double Chocolate, two Chocolate Peanut Butter, two S'mores, two Cinnamon Apple and two Peanut Butter pouches, offering a balance of decadent and fruit-spiced profiles. This assortment is tailored for people who like to switch flavors throughout the week—fitness enthusiasts, busy professionals, students and anyone wanting a quick, protein-forward snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecadent options: Double Chocolate, Chocolate Peanut Butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComfort flavors: S'mores and Cinnamon Apple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic spread: Peanut Butter for familiar taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: 12 individual pouches for variety and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Mighty Muffins as a meal replacement or for recovery after workouts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMighty Muffins can serve as a light meal replacement or a post-workout snack when you need quick protein and calories in a convenient format. They are portable, easy to prepare, and engineered to complement an active lifestyle—pair with fruit, yogurt or a small salad if you want a more complete meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeal replacement: works for quick breakfast or on-the-go meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePost-workout: 20 g protein supports recovery when combined with fluids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack timing: suitable across the day—pre-workout, post-workout, or late-night\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairing ideas: fruit, Greek yogurt or a protein shake for balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? FlapJacked Mighty Muffins are aimed at anyone who wants convenient, flavorful protein without lengthy preparation—gym-goers, commuters, parents, students or anyone cutting carbs or avoiding gluten. If you value quick prep, measurable macros and a variety of flavors to prevent taste fatigue, this 12-pack variety set provides a portable, microwave-ready solution to help you stay on track with your nutrition goals while still enjoying dessert-style flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVaries per flavor. See www.flapjacked.com for full list of ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are FlapJacked Mighty Muffins gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The Mighty Muffins in this pack are gluten-free and made without artificial ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I make a muffin from a pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Add the specified water, stir the pouch contents, microwave for about 60 seconds, and adjust time for desired texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"FlapJacked","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001825841235,"sku":"B01N06K11W","price":117.21,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/flapjacked-mighty-muffins-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787174510"},{"product_id":"bobs-red-mill-high-protein-pancake-mix-14oz-4-pack-15g-protein-ready-with-water","title":"Bob's Red Mill High Protein Pancake Mix, 14oz (4 Pack) — 15g Protein, Ready with Water","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBob's Red Mill High Protein Pancake Mix is a ready-to-mix batter that delivers 15 grams of protein per serving and makes fluffy pancakes using only water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you need a quick protein-forward breakfast or a filling snack, this pancake and waffle mix combines whole grain pastry flour with whey and pea proteins plus sweet cream buttermilk for a hearty, simple batter. Each box is portioned to be convenient for home cooks and busy mornings: measure, add water, and cook. The blend is designed to offer both protein and fiber from recognizable ingredients, and it comes from a long-standing natural foods company committed to quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare these pancakes when mornings are rushed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy — the recipe requires only water in addition to the mix, so you can whisk a batch together in minutes. The batter cooks quickly into golden pancakes or waffles without extra dairy or eggs, making it ideal for streamlined breakfasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd water to measured mix, stir until combined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat a griddle or nonstick skillet and pour batter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCook until bubbles form, flip, and finish until golden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a waffle iron for crisp, uniform waffles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional benefits does this mix offer compared to ordinary pancake mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis formula emphasizes protein and fiber: each serving supplies 15 grams of protein and contributes a meaningful amount of daily fiber. The protein comes from both whey and pea sources, while the whole grain pastry flour adds texture and fiber without overwhelming density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-protein blend for greater satiety than standard mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGood source of dietary fiber to support fullness between meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced ingredients—whole grain flour plus protein isolates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix fit different dietary preferences or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — because the base requires only water, it's easy to adapt. Swap water for milk or a milk alternative for extra richness, add fruit or spices for flavor, or use the batter in waffle makers or pancakes to suit tastes and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse dairy or plant milk instead of water for creamier results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold in berries, banana slices, or cinnamon for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScale the recipe to make a single serving or a family batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does packaging and portioning support storage and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing provides a four-pack of 14-ounce boxes, convenient for stocking pantry shelves or sharing between households. Each box is shelf-stable and sealed to maintain freshness, making rotation easy and reducing shopping trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 14 oz boxes for multiple breakfasts or meal prepping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging that stores in a pantry or cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-read instructions printed on each box for quick use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Anyone looking for a faster way to boost morning protein without complicated recipes—active people, parents juggling busy schedules, or snack seekers who prefer whole-grain ingredients. If you want pancakes or waffles that feel substantial and are simple to prepare, Bob's Red Mill High Protein Pancake Mix is a practical choice that blends familiar pantry staples with added protein and fiber. It’s suitable for cooks who value convenience, recognizable ingredients, and a hearty texture without lengthy preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhole Wheat Pastry Flour, Whey Protein Concentrate (Whey Protein Concentrate, Sunflower Lecithin), Sweet Cream Buttermilk Powder, Vital Wheat Gluten Flour, Pea Protein Isolate, Psyllium Husk Powder, Cane Sugar, Baking Powder (Monocalcium Phosphate, Sodium Bicarbonate, Cornstarch), Salt, Baking Soda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need eggs or milk to make these pancakes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this mix requires only water, though you can use milk or a milk alternative for richer flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much protein is in one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each serving contains 15 grams of protein from whey and pea protein sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Bob's Red Mill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001835114579,"sku":"B071V5WNFQ","price":124.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/bobs-red-mill-high-protein-pancake-mix-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787174733"},{"product_id":"simple-mills-almond-flour-artisan-bread-mix-6pk-10-4-oz-grain-free-gluten-free-pantry-staple","title":"Simple Mills Almond Flour Artisan Bread Mix 6pk (10.4 oz) — grain-free, gluten-free pantry staple","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Mills Almond Flour Artisan Bread Mix is a ready-to-bake, grain-free mix that yields a hearty, artisan-style loaf using simple, recognizable ingredients.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade by Simple Mills and sold as a six-box pack, this Almond Flour Artisan Bread Mix provides a convenient pantry staple for anyone who wants a quick, wholesome loaf without refined grains or artificial additives. Each 10.4 oz box blends almond flour with purposeful binders and seasonings so you can bake fresh bread at home in minutes. The product emphasizes clean labels, plant-based components, and production in North America—designed for people seeking both nutrition-forward and flavorful baked goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are in this artisan bread mix and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix focuses on nutrient-dense, simple components that you can recognize and pronounce. It uses almond flour as the primary base, combined with natural leavening and stabilizers to create structure without wheat or corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlmond flour provides protein, healthy fats, and a tender crumb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO, grain-free formula—no wheat, no corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free and suited for paleo-style diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake and serve this bread on a regular basis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing the Artisan Bread Mix is straightforward and fits into busy routines: mix the dry blend with a few wet ingredients, transfer to a pan, and bake. The instructions are designed for reliable results, whether you're making a sandwich loaf or slicing warm bread for a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple mixing steps—no advanced technique required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields a loaf suitable for toasting, sandwiches, or accompanying soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture and flavor across batches when following directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix boxes in the pack make it easy to keep a steady supply on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix fit specific dietary needs or meal plans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bread mix is crafted to align with several dietary preferences while avoiding common allergens and grains. It’s certified gluten-free and plant-based, and it appeals to those following grain-free or paleo-compatible plans, though ingredients may vary, so always check individual box labeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free—suitable for many with gluten sensitivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrain-free and corn-free for grain-restricted diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaleo-friendly and plant-based options for lifestyle flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients for ingredient transparency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the mix and how long does it keep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dry mix is shelf-stable and best stored in a cool, dry place to preserve freshness and leavening activity. After opening a box, reseal or transfer contents to an airtight container to maintain quality across multiple uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging for pantry storage without refrigeration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cabinet away from direct heat and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse opened mixes within a reasonable timeframe for best rise and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix-box pack is convenient for rotating supply and long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Simple Mills Almond Flour Artisan Bread Mix, sold as a six-pack of 10.4 oz boxes, is ideal for home bakers who want an easy-to-make, grain-free loaf without artificial ingredients. It suits those following gluten-free, paleo, or plant-based routines, busy families seeking a wholesome pantry staple, and anyone who appreciates transparent ingredient lists and North American production. If you want reliable, better-for-you bread baked at home with minimal fuss, this mix is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmond Flour, Arrowroot, Flax Meal, Tapioca, Sea Salt, Baking Soda\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Simple Mills Almond Flour Artisan Bread Mix gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This mix is certified gluten-free and formulated without wheat or other gluten-containing grains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many loaves can I make with the 6-pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 10.4 oz box yields one standard loaf, so the six-pack makes six loaves in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Simple Mills","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001839898707,"sku":"B07418GMV5","price":140.79,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/simple-mills-artisan-bread-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787174838"},{"product_id":"schar-gluten-free-pizza-crusts-4-pack-pre-baked-crispy-outside-tender-inside-for-quick-homemade-pizzas","title":"Schär Gluten-Free Pizza Crusts 4-Pack — Pre-Baked, Crispy Outside Tender Inside for Quick Homemade Pizzas","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSchär Gluten-Free Pizza Crusts (4-pack) are pre-baked, ready-to-top pizza bases that deliver a crispy outer bite and a tender interior for fast, homemade gluten-free pizzas.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to make pizza at home without gluten and without fuss, these 4 pre-baked crusts from Schär give you a convenient starting point. They arrive fully baked so you only need to add sauce, cheese and toppings, then finish in the oven. The neutral flavor profile pairs with classic or creative toppings, while the recipe avoids artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these crusts perform when finished at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crusts crisp up quickly in a hot oven and keep a soft, chewable center so you get contrast in every slice. Because they are pre-baked you don’t need long bake times; this makes them ideal for weeknight dinners or last-minute guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish in 8–12 minutes at high heat for a golden edge and melted toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-baked structure resists sogginess from sauce and wet toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEven bake ensures a consistent texture across the crust surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat toppings and styles work best on Schär gluten-free crusts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir mild, slightly wheaty base accommodates everything from a simple Margherita to inventive gourmet combinations. Use lighter, evenly distributed toppings to avoid weighing down the pre-baked crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic: tomato sauce, fresh mozzarella, basil for a crisp Margherita.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeat-forward: thinly sliced pepperoni or pre-cooked sausage for even cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGourmet: goat cheese, arugula, roasted vegetables added after baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these crusts practical for quick meals and entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the ready-to-top format speeds meal prep and scales easily for groups. Keep several packs in the pantry to pull together pizzas in minutes, and use different topping stations for a customizable spread when hosting friends or family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-baked convenience reduces total cook time and prep work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour crusts per pack make it simple to serve small gatherings or rotate meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size and shape help when monitoring oven time for multiple pizzas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks seeking a fast, reliable gluten-free pizza base will appreciate Schär Gluten-Free Pizza Crusts. They suit families managing gluten-free diets, busy households that need quick dinners, and anyone who wants a dependable canvas for experimenting with toppings. Because the crusts contain no artificial preservatives and are made with dedicated gluten-free ingredients, they’re a practical pantry staple for people prioritizing convenience and ingredient transparency while keeping mealtime flexible and flavorful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ewater , corn starch , potato starch , rice flour , sunflower oil , rice starch , rice syrup , dextrose , psyllium seed husks (vegetable fiber) , modified cellulose , guar gum , apple fibre , yeast , salt , tartaric acid .\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to pre-bake Schär pizza crusts before adding toppings?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—these crusts are pre-baked. Simply add toppings and finish in a hot oven for 8–12 minutes until toppings are hot and edges are golden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Schär pizza crusts free from artificial preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Schär Gluten-Free Pizza Crusts are made without artificial preservatives for a more natural pantry option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Schär","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001845796947,"sku":"B0767FG524","price":140.13,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/schar-pizza-crust-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787174913"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-protein-buttermilk-pancake-waffle-mix-pack-of-8-20-oz-15g-protein-100-whole-grain","title":"Krusteaz Protein Buttermilk Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix — Pack of 8 (20 oz), 15g Protein \u0026 100% Whole Grain","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Protein Buttermilk Pancake and Waffle Mix is a ready-to-make mix that yields light, fluffy pancakes and waffles with 15 grams of protein per serving and 100% whole grain flour.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis complete mix simplifies breakfast, brunch, or dessert prep: just add water, whisk, and cook. Each 20 oz box is formulated without artificial flavors, colors, or preservatives and carries a long shelf life, making it convenient for busy households, meal prep, and pantry stocking. Beyond pancakes and waffles, the versatile batter adapts to biscuits, cobblers, and other baked goods so you can customize every meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to make pancakes or waffles from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYou only need to add water and stir until smooth, then pour the batter onto a preheated griddle or waffle iron. Cooks of any skill level can get consistent golden results in minutes, with a texture that stays tender after cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstructions: mix with water—no eggs or milk required for the base recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook time: a few minutes per side on a griddle; follow your waffle iron's guidance for waffles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistency: produces a light, fluffy interior with a slight buttermilk tang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix a higher-protein choice for breakfast?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 15 grams of protein, helping you increase protein intake without extra meal prep. The mix combines whole grain flour and added protein sources to deliver more sustained satiety than typical pancake mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein per serving: 15 g to support fuller-feeling breakfasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrains: made with 100% whole grain flour for added fiber and nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives: free from artificial flavors, colors, and preservatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix for recipes other than pancakes and waffles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this complete mix is a flexible base for a variety of baked items. Home cooks often adapt it for quick biscuits, skillet cobblers, or even sweet strudels by adjusting liquid ratios and adding mix-ins like fruit, nuts, or spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBiscuits: slightly reduce liquid for a doughier texture and bake until golden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCobblers and crisps: pour thicker batter over fruit and bake for a home-style dessert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreative swaps: fold in protein powders, cocoa, or savory herbs to change flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a box stay fresh and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach 20 oz box has a production shelf life of 546 days, giving you long-term pantry flexibility. Store the unopened box in a cool, dry place; once opened, reseal tightly or transfer to an airtight container to preserve texture and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: 546 days from production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage tip: keep away from heat and moisture; use airtight containers after opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortioning: consider dividing into meal-size bags for quick use and minimal waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Krusteaz Protein Buttermilk Pancake and Waffle Mix is designed for people seeking a quick, higher-protein breakfast without sacrificing classic pancake flavor. It suits busy families, fitness-conscious eaters who want more protein at breakfast, and home cooks who enjoy adapting pantry staples into different meals and desserts. If you value convenience, whole grain ingredients, and a product free from artificial additives, this mix offers an easy way to elevate morning routines and snack-time recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhole wheat flour, wheat protein isolate, sugar, leavening (baking soda, sodium aluminum phosphate, monocalcium phosphate), dextrose, salt, soybean oil, whey protein isolate (milk Protein), buttermilk, natural flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to add eggs or milk to the mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this complete mix only requires water for the basic recipe, though you can add milk or eggs for extra richness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix to make waffles?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the batter works in waffle irons; adjust cook time per your appliance for crisp edges and a fluffy interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001849008211,"sku":"B0778YCMD5","price":134.92,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-box-pack-of-8.jpg?v=1787174979"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-chocolate-fudge-brownie-mix-6-pack-14-8-oz-boxes-whole-grain-non-gmo-fudgy-texture","title":"Kodiak Cakes Chocolate Fudge Brownie Mix — 6-Pack 14.8 oz Boxes, Whole-Grain \u0026 Non-GMO, Fudgy Texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKodiak Cakes Chocolate Fudge Brownie Mix is a whole-grain, non-GMO boxed mix that makes rich, fudgy brownies with real chocolate—sold here as a convenient 6-pack of 14.8 oz boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a pantry-ready baking mix designed to combine the deep flavor of chocolate with 100% whole grains. Each 14.8 ounce box yields about 12 servings and uses freshly ground grains and non-GMO ingredients without preservatives. This six-box bundle is ideal for households, meal prepping, gifting, or keeping a reliable dessert option on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow rich and chocolatey are these brownies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix focuses on real chocolate flavor and a fudgy texture rather than a cakey finish. Expect a moist crumb with pronounced cocoa notes when baked according to the package directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal chocolate in the mix for authentic cocoa taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for a dense, fudgy texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple instructions produce consistent results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 servings per 14.8 oz box for sharing or portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix \"whole grain\" and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKodiak Cakes uses 100% whole grains and freshly ground flours in the brownie mix, delivering the nutritional profile and texture benefits of whole-grain ingredients without substituting flavor. Whole grains add a hearty base and a slightly nuttier taste compared with refined flour mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% whole grains for a more substantial base\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreshly ground grains for improved texture and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients, no preservatives listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for those seeking whole-grain baking options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to prepare and customize these brownies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix follows straightforward steps—combine, pour, and bake—so it’s beginner-friendly. You can also customize the batter with add-ins or slight method changes to suit taste or dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick prep with basic baking staples (eggs, oil, water per box directions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with mix-ins like nuts, chocolate chips, or a swirl of nut butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be reheated or portioned for meal prepping desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake time gives predictable fudgy results when following instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in this pack and how many servings will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing contains six 14.8 oz boxes of Kodiak Cakes Chocolate Fudge Brownie Mix. Each box produces roughly 12 servings, so the full pack supplies about 72 servings in total—handy for families, events, or long-term pantry stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack includes 6 boxes, each 14.8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 12 servings per box; ~72 servings total\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoxes are shelf-stable for seasonal or routine use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for bulk buying or sharing between households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Kodiak Cakes Chocolate Fudge Brownie Mix is aimed at home bakers who want a richer brownie using whole-grain ingredients, families that prefer pantry-ready dessert solutions, and anyone looking for a non-GMO mix without preservatives. It suits cooks who appreciate easy-to-follow recipes but like the option to personalize brownies with toppings or mix-ins. If you want reliable, fudgy brownies with whole-grain ingredients in a value-minded multi-pack, this product fits that need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCane sugar, semisweet chocolate (sugar, unsweetened chocolate, cocoa butter, dextrose, sunflower and\/or soy lecithin), vital wheat gluten, cocoa powder, 100% whole grain wheat flour, whey protein concentrate, 100% whole grain oat flour, milk protein concentrate, natural flavor, sea salt, baking powder (sodium acid pyrophosphate, sodium bicarbonate, corn starch, monocalcium phosphate). Contains milk, soy, and wheat. Due to processing on shared equipment, contains trace amounts of egg and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I add chocolate chips or nuts to the mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Stir in chocolate chips, chopped nuts, or other mix-ins before baking for extra texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do the boxes stay fresh unopened?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Unopened boxes are shelf-stable; check the printed best-by date for specific freshness guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001859002451,"sku":"B07BZ14PK7","price":128.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-front-packaging_e7c96550-0e65-4151-a3d7-85f57ff65f62.jpg?v=1787175220"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-gluten-free-yellow-cake-mix-8-pack-of-18-oz-boxes-no-artificial-flavors-or-colors-certified-gf","title":"Krusteaz Gluten Free Yellow Cake Mix — 8-Pack of 18 oz Boxes, No Artificial Flavors or Colors, Certified GF","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Gluten Free Yellow Cake Mix is an easy-to-bake, moist yellow cake mix formulated without gluten or artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you follow a gluten-free diet but still want a classic, crowd-pleasing yellow cake, this Krusteaz mix delivers familiar flavor and tender crumb with minimal effort. Each 18-ounce box in this eight-pack is certified gluten-free and designed to produce reliable results using simple pantry additions: eggs, milk, and butter. Ready in about 27 minutes of baking time, the mix works for sheet cakes, layer cakes, cupcakes, and creative desserts when you want a bakery-style finish at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is this mix to prepare for weekday baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward, making this mix a practical choice for busy days. Combine the mix with eggs, milk, and butter, pour into your pan of choice, and bake—no specialized techniques required. The directions on the box guide timing and pan sizes so you can achieve consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes with three common ingredients: eggs, milk, butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBakes in approximately 27 minutes for standard pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBox instructions provide pan and temperature guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the flavor or use it for different recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The neutral yellow cake base adapts well to additions and variations, so you can personalize the cake without compromising texture. Add fruit, extracts, zests, or swap milk for alternative milks to match dietary needs and flavor goals. The mix also works as a starting point for pound cakes, bundts, and frosted layer cakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: lemon zest, raspberries, chocolate chips, or almond extract\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for cupcakes, bundt cakes, or loaf-style pound cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with dairy alternatives like almond or oat milk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary and quality assurances does this product offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrusteaz labels this yellow cake mix as gluten-free and its mixes are certified by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization. The formulation avoids artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, aligning with shoppers who want simpler ingredient lists. Packaging also includes production shelf-life information so you can plan storage or bulk purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or artificial preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach box has a production shelf life of 365 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many boxes are included and what situations is this bulk pack best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing contains eight 18-ounce boxes, making it convenient to keep mixes on hand for frequent bakers, events, or kitchens stocking gluten-free options. The pack size reduces repeat shopping and is useful for catering small gatherings, meal prepping desserts, or gifting to family members who prefer gluten-free baking. Individual boxes are easy to store and use as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEight 18-ounce boxes included per order\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for event baking, pantry stocking, or gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoxes are shelf-stable and individually portioned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Bakers who want the convenience of a reliable gluten-free yellow cake base without artificial additives, and households that value ready-to-bake mixes for everyday desserts or special occasions. Whether you’re newly gluten-free, feeding a mixed-diet family, or running a small foodservice kitchen that needs consistent, allergen-conscious options, this Krusteaz eight-pack keeps a go-to yellow cake on standby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, whole grain sorghum flour, rice flour, food starch-modified, leavening (baking soda, sodium aluminum phosphate, monocalcium phosphate), soybean oil, salt, natural flavor, xanthan gum. CONTAINS: Soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this Krusteaz cake mix truly gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is certified gluten-free by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What ingredients do I add to bake this cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You only need eggs, milk, and butter. Follow box directions for pan and bake time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001876238419,"sku":"B07QM32QD9","price":144.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-yellow-cake-front-package.jpg?v=1787175739"},{"product_id":"kodiak-cakes-protein-pancake-waffle-mix-16-oz-pack-of-6-gluten-free-13g-protein","title":"Kodiak Cakes Protein Pancake \u0026 Waffle Mix, 16 oz Pack of 6 — Gluten-Free, 13g Protein","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKodiak Cakes Frontier Oat Gluten-Free Protein Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix is a 100% whole-grain oat flour mix that makes high-protein pancakes and waffles using simple, non-GMO ingredients.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Frontier Oat mix from Kodiak Cakes transforms whole-grain oat flour into quick, hearty flapjacks or waffles with 13 grams of protein per serving. Crafted without preservatives or artificial additives and made with non-GMO components, the mix fits gluten-free lifestyles while keeping preparation fast—just add water and an egg. Sold in a convenient 16 oz pouch and offered here as a six-pack, it supplies multiple servings for busy mornings, meal prep, or family breakfasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this mix deliver both whole-grain nutrition and protein?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Frontier Oat formula uses freshly ground 100% whole-grain oat flour as its base, then blends in protein-rich ingredients to reach 13 grams of protein per serving. That combination creates a denser, more satisfying pancake or waffle without relying on artificial enhancers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% whole-grain oat flour for sustained energy and whole-grain fiber\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein blend that yields 13 g protein per serving for fullness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients and no preservatives or artificial flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s the simplest way to prepare pancakes or waffles from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is designed to be straightforward: combine the mix with water and one egg to make a batter suitable for griddles or waffle irons. Short mixing and standard cooking times mean you can have hot pancakes or waffles in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeasure mix and add recommended water plus one egg per batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhisk until smooth, then pour on a heated griddle or into a waffle iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook until golden, then serve with toppings like fruit, syrup, or yogurt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product truly gluten-free and suitable for special diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is made using gluten-free whole-grain oat flour; however, those with celiac disease or severe gluten sensitivity should verify packaging for certified gluten-free labeling and review any allergy statements. Ingredients are non-GMO and free from preservatives, making it suitable for many clean-eating approaches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated with gluten-free oat flour; check label for certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives, artificial additives, or genetically modified ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately nine servings per 16 oz container for portion planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product do I get and how does it fit into meal planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis offering is sold as a pack of six 16 oz pouches, each containing about nine servings—ideal for stocking pantry staples or sharing with a household. The shelf-stable pouches are useful for weekly breakfasts, bulk meal prep, or camping and travel when lightweight, nutritious options are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack contains six 16 oz pouches—ample supply for families or extended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout nine servings per pouch, simple math for meal planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, shelf-stable packaging works well for pantry rotation and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Kodiak Cakes Frontier Oat Gluten-Free Protein Pancake \u0026amp; Waffle Mix is designed for active people, busy families, and anyone who prefers whole-grain, higher-protein breakfast options without preservatives or artificial ingredients. It suits those seeking convenient, quick-to-prepare pancakes or waffles that emphasize simple ingredients and sustained energy. If you want a pantry-ready mix that balances whole-grain oats with protein and easy prep, this six-pack keeps breakfasts consistent and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures at a glance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of six 16 oz Kodiak Cakes Frontier Oat Gluten-Free mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from freshly ground whole-grain oat flour and non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout nine servings per container; 13 g protein per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple preparation—just add water and an egg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo preservatives or artificial additives; crafted for gluten-free diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluten-free 100% whole grain oat flour, brown sugar, tapioca starch, leavening (monocalcium phosphate, baking soda), eggs, sea salt, xanthan gum. Contains egg. Due to processing on shared equipment, may contain trace amounts of milk, soy, and tree nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in each 16 oz pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 16 oz pouch contains about nine servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What do I need to add to make pancakes or waffles?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Mix the Kodiak Cakes powder with water and one egg per batch, then cook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Kodiak Cakes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001888297043,"sku":"B07ZGFWMZP","price":140.7,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/kodiak-cakes-front-packaging_69c20179-bafb-45b2-8c87-dd26a1aed41c.jpg?v=1787176005"},{"product_id":"king-arthur-gluten-free-muffin-mix-white-16-oz-pack-of-6-tender-reliable-muffins","title":"King Arthur Gluten-Free Muffin Mix, White 16 oz (Pack of 6) — Tender, Reliable Muffins","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKing Arthur Muffin Mix, Gluten Free (16 oz) is a ready-to-bake blend that yields tender, reliable muffins or a loaf with easy custom add-ins.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 16-ounce gluten-free muffin mix from King Arthur was developed in the brand's test kitchen to reproduce the texture and flavor home bakers expect — without gluten. The mix arrives pre-measured, so you can make a quick batch of 12 muffins or a single 9\" x 5\" loaf with minimal equipment and straightforward steps. It’s Non-GMO Project Verified, GFCO-certified gluten-free, and Kosher, offering reassurance for shoppers who need ingredient transparency and consistent baking results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is it to bake muffins from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBaking from the mix is designed to be fast and forgiving, ideal for bakers of any skill level. The instructions give clear ingredient amounts and bake times, and the formula tolerates common mix-ins without altering the base structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes 12 standard muffins or one 9\" x 5\" loaf from a single 16 oz pouch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepared with basic pantry items—just add wet ingredients as directed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTest-kitchen proportions minimize troubleshooting for first-time gluten-free bakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary credentials and certifications does it carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis muffin mix comes with multiple verifications to support dietary needs and label transparency. Certifications help shoppers quickly identify suitability for gluten-free and Kosher diets, while non-GMO verification addresses ingredient sourcing concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Gluten-Free by GFCO (Gluten Intolerance Group)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO Project Verified ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certification on the package with directions to make the mix non-dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I personalize the flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is crafted to accept a wide range of mix-ins and mild technique changes, so you can easily create blueberry, chocolate chip, or nut-studded muffins. Adjustments like adding fruit or chips are simple and won’t compromise the crumb when incorporated properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuggested add-ins: fresh or frozen blueberries, chocolate chips, dried cranberries, or chopped nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a gentle fold to preserve air in the batter for a lighter crumb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwap dairy for non-dairy liquids per the package instructions to make them dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat results can I expect and how consistent are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKing Arthur’s mixes are designed for repeatable, dependable results so you get evenly risen, tender muffins batch after batch. Their test-kitchen development aims to balance taste, texture, and bake tolerance for home ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTender crumb with a reliable rise in standard home ovens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePredictable baking times and straightforward internal doneness cues\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for both individual muffins and a loaf for sharing or slicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This King Arthur gluten-free muffin mix suits busy home bakers, families managing gluten intolerance, and anyone who wants an easy customizable base for muffins or quick loaves. It’s especially helpful for shoppers seeking certified gluten-free products with clear labeling and an approachable formula that supports both classic flavors and creative variations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCane Sugar, Whole Grain Brown Rice Flour, Potato Starch, Tapioca Starch, Cellulose, Baking Powder (baking soda, calcium acid pyrophosphate, monocalcium phosphate), Salt, Natural Flavor, Corn Starch, Vitamin and Mineral Blend [calcium carbonate, niacinamide (vitamin b3), reduced iron, thiamin hydrochloride (vitamin b1), riboflavin (vitamin b2)], Xanthan Gum, Nutmeg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many muffins does one 16 oz pouch make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 16-ounce pouch makes about 12 standard muffins or a single 9\" x 5\" loaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix dairy-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The mix is not automatically dairy-free, but the package includes instructions to make it non-dairy using alternative liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"King Arthur","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001888657491,"sku":"B07ZK2W9MB","price":125.51,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/king-arthur-muffin-mix-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787176026"},{"product_id":"interc-easy-bake-mix-refills-set-of-3-pretzel-red-velvet-chocolate-chip-kid-friendly-pre-measured-packs","title":"INTERC Easy-Bake Mix Refills Set of 3 — Pretzel, Red Velvet \u0026 Chocolate Chip, Kid-Friendly Pre-Measured Packs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree refill packs of real, kid-friendly baking mixes for the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven: Party Pretzel Dippers, Red Velvet \u0026amp; Strawberry Cakes, and Chocolate Chip \u0026amp; Sugar Cookies.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTurn a playtime oven into a mini bakery with this InterC set of three Easy-Bake mix refills. Each pack contains real-food mixes and simple components so kids can bake bite-sized treats in the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven (Hasbro). The refills are designed for supervised hands-on fun, teaching measuring and decorating while producing edible snacks suited to parties, playdates, or family kitchen practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat treats come in this InterC Easy-Bake refill set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set bundles three distinct flavor experiences so you can rotate themes or serve a variety platter. Everything is portioned for the Easy-Bake scale and includes flavor mixes plus matching frostings and finishing touches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty Pretzel Dippers: three pretzel mixes, nacho cheese sauce mix, egg wash, and coarse salt packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed Velvet \u0026amp; Strawberry Cakes: red velvet mix, strawberry cake mix, two frosting mixes (vanilla and pink), and heart-shaped sprinkles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate Chip \u0026amp; Sugar Cookies: chocolate chip cookie mix, chocolate frosting, pink sugar cookie mix, and lemon frosting mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it for kids to use these refills with an Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach mix is formulated for small-batch baking with the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven and comes with straightforward instructions. An adult should supervise mixing, oven use, and any steps involving heat. The pre-portioned packets simplify measuring so children can focus on pouring, decorating, and learning safe kitchen habits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-measured packets reduce spills and measuring errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple step-by-step instructions included for each recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven from Hasbro (oven not included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended for ages 8 and older for safer independent play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in each pack and how many servings will you get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe refills include multiple small portions meant for the Easy-Bake format so you can make several mini treats per packet. Exact yield depends on portion sizes used and decorating choices, but mixes are intended for repeated play sessions and small gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty Pretzel Dippers: three pretzel portions plus a cheese dip packet and finishing salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed Velvet \u0026amp; Strawberry Cakes: two cake flavor packets, two frostings, and sprinkles for decorating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate Chip \u0026amp; Sugar Cookies: two cookie flavor options and two frosting varieties for topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mixes real food and safe to eat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these are edible baking mixes crafted for the Easy-Bake system, not toys meant only for pretend. They produce small baked goods meant to be eaten, following the included ingredient lists and preparation directions. Always check allergen information on the package and supervise children while baking and serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated to become real, baked snacks in compatibility with Easy-Bake ovens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains powdered mixes and small seasoning packets; follow instructions carefully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck labels for allergen and ingredient details before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this InterC refill set for? This pack is best for families with an Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven who want themed refill options for repeat play: parents seeking convenient, child-friendly baking activities, party hosts assembling kid baking stations, and caregivers who want an educational hands-on kitchen activity. It’s designed for supervised bakers aged 8 and up and for adults who want a quick way to refresh their Easy-Bake treat rotation without buying full-size ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will these mixes work with any Easy-Bake oven?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are formulated for the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven (Hasbro). Check compatibility with other models before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are allergen details included on the packages?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each refill packet lists ingredients and allergen information—review before serving children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"INTERC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001892884563,"sku":"B082WN5R7X","price":129.68,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/interc-front-packaging-set.jpg?v=1787176094"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-cinnamon-swirl-crumb-cake-muffin-mix-21-oz-box-brown-sugar-cinnamon-easy-bakery-style","title":"Krusteaz Cinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake \u0026 Muffin Mix, 21 oz Box — Brown Sugar Cinnamon, Easy Bakery-Style","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Cinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake \u0026amp; Muffin Mix delivers a buttery, brown-sugar cinnamon crumb topping and a tender cake base you can bake into muffins or a coffee cake in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis all-in-one mix pairs a soft, moist cake with a mile-high cinnamon crumb layer that’s rich with brown sugar and a hint of molasses. Designed for home bakers who want bakery-style results without complicated steps, the 21-ounce box blends pantry-friendly convenience with crowd-pleasing flavor. Whether you’re stocking a weekend brunch spread or whipping up an after-school snack, this mix is built to be versatile and easy to adapt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare the crumb cake or muffins quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing the mix is straightforward: combine the cake mix with oil, water and an egg, pour into the pan or muffin tin, then sprinkle the included cinnamon crumb topping before baking. A toothpick inserted into the center should come out clean when fully baked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ingredients: cake mix, oil, water, 1 egg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour into prepared pan or muffin cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with provided cinnamon-brown sugar crumb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake until set and a toothpick is clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat variations can I make to customize flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is a dependable base for many flavor variations — add fresh or frozen fruit, swirl in caramel or maple, or portion into mini muffins for bite-sized treats. The crumb topping also holds up well to added nuts or oats for extra crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd frozen sliced peaches or blueberries before baking for fruit-packed coffee cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in a tablespoon of cinnamon or a splash of vanilla for extra warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix chopped pecans or rolled oats into the topping for texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse mini muffin tins to make portable, snackable sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and shelf life should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix features brown sugar, cinnamon and a touch of molasses for its signature taste, and it contains no artificial flavors or colors. Each 21-ounce box has a long shelf life from production, making it a convenient pantry staple to keep on hand for quick baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary flavor notes: brown sugar, cinnamon, molasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or artificial colors listed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21 ounces per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: up to 548 days from production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does one box make and who benefits from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA single 21-ounce box is sized to make a full coffee cake or a batch of muffins suitable for family breakfasts, gatherings, or batch baking for later. It’s ideal for home cooks seeking a quick dessert or snack, hosts who want a reliable sweet centerpiece, and busy households that value simple baking with great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMakes one standard coffee cake or multiple muffins per box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for breakfast, coffee breaks, potlucks, and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy enough for novice bakers; adaptable for experienced cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged as a single 21-ounce box, sold in a 12-count carton for bulk needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Krusteaz Cinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake \u0026amp; Muffin Mix is perfect for home bakers who want fast, reliable results with a classic cinnamon-brown sugar profile. It suits parents preparing easy snacks, hosts assembling brunch spreads, and anyone who prefers a pantry-ready mix that can be customized into muffins, mini cakes, or a centerpiece coffee cake without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCake Mix: Enriched Bleached Flour (wheat Flour, Niacin, Reduced Iron, Thiamin Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Sugar, Food Starch-modified, Soybean Oil, Leavening (baking Soda, Monocalcium Phosphate, Sodium Aluminum Sulfate). Dextrose, Salt, Tapioca Starch, Arabic Gum, Xanthan Gum, Natural Flavor. Cinnamon Topping: Sugar, Palm And Soybean Oil, Brown Sugar, Cinnamon, Molasses Powder, Salt, Silicon Dioxide (anticaking Agent), Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make muffins instead of a coffee cake?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Prepare the batter the same way, spoon into muffin tins, top with crumbs, and reduce baking time until a toothpick is clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain artificial flavors or colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product lists no artificial flavors or artificial colors and uses brown sugar and cinnamon for flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001896325203,"sku":"B084N3G9J3","price":156.06,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-packaging-cake-mix.jpg?v=1787176176"},{"product_id":"interc-easy-bake-mixes-4-pack-refills-for-easy-bake-ultimate-oven-pizza-pretzel-whoopie-pie-cookie-mixes-with-frostings","title":"INTERC Easy Bake Mixes 4-Pack refills for Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven — pizza, pretzel, whoopie pie \u0026 cookie mixes with frostings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINTERC Easy Bake Mixes 4-pack refills deliver four real-food recipes—pizza, party pretzel dippers, mini whoopie pies, and chocolate chip \u0026amp; sugar cookies—made for the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRefresh your Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven with this mega refill pack designed for imaginative bakers aged 8 and up. Rather than toy-only treats, each mix in this INTERC set produces ovenable, edible snacks that kids can assemble and bake. The collection arrives in a convenient storage box and includes multiple seasoning and frosting packets so little chefs can customize flavors and toppings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in this 4-pack and how many servings will it make?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe set contains four distinct recipe families with all the small packets and mixes required for several rounds of baking play. Quantities vary by recipe so you can plan multiple snack sessions or share with friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePizza: 2 dough mixes, garlic herb cheese mix, marinara sauce mix, and egg wash mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty Pretzel Dippers: 3 pretzel mixes, nacho cheese sauce mix, egg wash mix, and coarse salt packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMini Whoopie Pies: 2 chocolate brownie mixes and 2 vanilla frosting mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChocolate Chip \u0026amp; Pink Sugar Cookies: 1 chocolate chip cookie mix, chocolate frosting, pink sugar cookie mix, and lemon frosting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to use these mixes with the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet is formulated for straightforward assembly and baking in the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven; child-friendly steps let kids participate in measuring, mixing, shaping, and decorating. Adult supervision is recommended for oven handling and hot trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned mixes simplify preparation and reduce mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes finishing packets like sauces, frostings, and egg wash for authentic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with Hasbro’s Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven design and cycle times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat safety and age guidance should parents know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eINTERC mixes are intended for young bakers ages 8 and older who can follow simple instructions and handle small kitchen equipment with supervision. The baked treats are real food but require careful handling immediately after baking due to hot surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended age: 8+ years; adult supervision advised for oven use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow packet instructions exactly for best results and safe baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow items to cool before eating to avoid burns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack add value for parties, gifts, or regular play?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 4-pack is a budget-friendly way to stock multiple baking sessions, teach kids kitchen skills, and provide ready-to-go activities for playdates or family time. The variety keeps interest high and the included sauces and frostings let children personalize every batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for birthday party activities, rainy-day play, or snack-time creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact storage box helps organize leftover mixes and small packets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple servings per mix extend play across several occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Families and caregivers looking for an engaging, hands-on baking kit that produces edible snacks will appreciate the INTERC Easy Bake Mixes 4-pack. It’s ideal for kids who enjoy pretend play that becomes a real treat, for parents wanting supervised activity time, and for gift-givers seeking a playful present that encourages creativity and basic kitchen skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mixes compatible with the Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these mixes are formulated to work with Hasbro’s Easy-Bake Ultimate Oven cycles and trays when used as directed with adult supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the mixes produce real, edible snacks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the INTERC mixes make bite-sized, edible snacks; allow items to cool before eating and supervise children during oven use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"INTERC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001906843731,"sku":"B087JZ2S8F","price":165.58,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/interc-front-packaging-easy-bake-mixes.jpg?v=1787176285"},{"product_id":"sticky-fingers-english-scone-mix-original-flavor-makes-12-tender-classic-scones-easy-bake","title":"Sticky Fingers English Scone Mix — Original Flavor, Makes 12 Tender Classic Scones, Easy Bake","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSticky Fingers English Scone Mix in Original Flavor is a ready-to-use baking mix that produces twelve classic, tender scones with minimal effort.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix recreates the texture and mild, buttery taste of traditional English scones without a long ingredient list or complicated steps. Designed for home bakers who want quick results, the packet contains a balanced flour blend and leavening to deliver reliably risen scones ideal for breakfast, afternoon tea, or dessert. The Original Flavor is intentionally neutral so you can pair it with jams, curds, clotted-style creams, butter, or a simple glaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare Sticky Fingers scones quickly and successfully?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation requires only a few minutes of hands-on time and standard oven baking. Follow the package instructions to combine the mix with water, shape the dough, and bake until golden; no special tools or advanced techniques are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix packet contents with the called-for amount of water until just combined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePat or roll dough to desired thickness and cut into 12 wedges or rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake on a lined sheet until lightly browned, then cool briefly before serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor pairings work best with the Original Flavor mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix provides a neutral, lightly buttery base that complements both sweet and savory toppings. It’s perfect for showcasing a favorite jam, a smear of honey butter, or a warm fruit compote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic: strawberry or raspberry jam with clotted-style cream or butter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet twist: lemon curd, maple glaze, or cinnamon sugar drizzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSavory ideas: herbed butter, smoked salmon and cream cheese, or sharp cheddar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Sticky Fingers scone mixes suitable for special diets or labels I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is crafted without artificial flavors, colors, preservatives, trans-fats, or saturated fats, and is certified kosher. It’s formulated as a convenient everyday baking mix rather than a specialized allergen-free product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified kosher for consumers observing kosher dietary rules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as gluten-free or nut-free—check label for ingredient specifics if you have allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve baked scones for best texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened mix in a cool, dry pantry. After baking, serve scones warm for best tenderness; store leftovers air-tight at room temperature for one day or freeze for longer keeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened mix: store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked scones: room temperature in an airtight container up to 24 hours for best freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreezing: individually wrap cooled scones and freeze up to three months; thaw and reheat briefly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Sticky Fingers English Scone Mix is ideal for home cooks who want authentic-style scones without the fuss—beginner bakers, busy households, small cafés testing menu options, and anyone who enjoys homemade baked goods quickly. It suits people seeking a versatile, pantry-ready base that adapts to sweet or savory service while maintaining approachable, repeatable results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbleached Enriched Flours (Wheat Flour, Malted Barley Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamin Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Sugar, Vegetable Oil [Canola Oil (Ascorbic Acid and Rosemary added to preserve freshness) and\/or Sunflower Oil], Palm Oil, Buttermilk, Baking Powder [(Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate, Baking Soda, Cornstarch, Monocalcium Phosphate) leavening], Salt, Baking Soda (leavening).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many scones does one box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One box yields twelve scones—enough for about six servings when split in halves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need any special equipment to bake these scones?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No special tools required—just a mixing bowl, baking sheet, and oven will do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Sticky Fingers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001910382675,"sku":"B087N33GS8","price":129.75,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sticky-fingers-original-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787176311"},{"product_id":"bobs-red-mill-chocolate-chip-cookie-mix-4-pack-4-x-22-oz-ready-to-bake-consistent-homemade-flavor","title":"Bob's Red Mill Chocolate Chip Cookie Mix, 4-Pack (4 x 22 oz) — Ready-to-Bake, Consistent Homemade Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-bake chocolate chip cookie mix from Bob's Red Mill — four 22-ounce bags for consistent, classic cookies with minimal prep.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack contains four 22-ounce bags of Bob's Red Mill Chocolate Chip Cookie Mix, formulated to deliver reliably textured, sweet cookies without starting from scratch. The blend combines dry ingredients so you only add common wet ingredients at home. It speeds up baking, reduces measuring errors, and works well for family baking, after-school snacks, or small gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this cookie mix different from baking from scratch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBob's Red Mill pre-measures flours, leaveners, and sugars to remove the guesswork while preserving a homemade flavor. The mix is designed for consistent results across batches, and the included recipe proportions are optimized for texture and spread. It also saves time on prep and cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-blended dry ingredients for consistent dough every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces the need for precise measuring tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated for reliable oven performance and cookie shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow simple is the mixing and baking process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing a batch requires only standard wet ingredients like butter, eggs, and vanilla, plus basic mixing and baking steps. Most users can mix by hand or with a mixer and bake within 10–15 minutes of starting. Clear package instructions guide bake time and temperature for typical home ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix wet ingredients into the dry mix until combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScoop or roll dough onto baking sheet; recommended bake times provided\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields multiple dozen cookies per 22-ounce bag depending on scoop size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix for dietary preferences or flavor variations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base mix accepts straightforward swaps and add-ins, letting you tailor flavor or texture. Common adjustments include using plant-based butter or egg replacers, folding in extra chocolate, nuts, or dried fruit, and adjusting bake time for softer or crispier cookies. Always test small batches when changing ingredient proportions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd extra chocolate chips, chopped nuts, or spices like cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse vegan butter and an egg substitute for a plant-based version\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChill dough briefly for thicker cookies or bake longer for crisper results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Home bakers who want dependable chocolate chip cookies without measuring dozens of dry ingredients, caregivers looking for an easy snack solution, and anyone hosting casual gatherings who needs a quick dessert option. The four-pack is ideal for families that bake often or kitchens that prefer keeping a multi-batch supply on hand. If you love the balance of classic cookie flavors and appreciate the convenience of pre-mixed pantry items, this Bob's Red Mill pack is a practical addition to your baking staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluten Free Flour Blend (Sweet White Rice Flour, Whole Grain Brown Rice Flour, Potato Starch Whole Grain Sorghum Flour, Tapioca Flour, Xanthan Gum), Chocolate Chips (Sugar, Chocolate Liquor, Cocoa Butter, Soy Lecithin, Vanilla), Sugar, Brown Sugar, Sea Salt, Baking Soda, Natural Vanilla Powder (Sugar, Cornstarch, Vanilla Oleoresin).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cookies does one 22-ounce bag make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 22-ounce bag typically yields about 24–36 cookies depending on scoop size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to add eggs or butter to the mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix requires common wet ingredients like eggs and butter or substitutes to form cookie dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Bob's Red Mill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001984733267,"sku":"B09F1654ZH","price":124.32,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/bobs-red-mill-cookie-mix-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787177290"},{"product_id":"scottys-everyday-gluten-free-cupcake-cake-mix-pack-of-3-0g-net-carbs-monk-fruit-sweetened","title":"Scotty's Everyday Gluten-Free Cupcake \u0026 Cake Mix - Pack of 3, 0g Net Carbs \u0026 Monk Fruit Sweetened","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScotty’s Everyday Cupcake \u0026amp; Cake Mix is a gluten-free, nut-free keto baking mix that yields classic-tasting cupcakes or a full cake with 0g net carbs per serving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you follow a low-carb or keto lifestyle but miss traditional baked treats, this ready-to-bake mix offers a straightforward way to enjoy cupcakes or a single-layer cake without sugar, gluten, or nut flours. The mix uses monk fruit for sweetness and keeps each serving at about 90 calories while remaining free of common allergens and GMOs. Each purchase contains three boxes so you can bake multiple batches for gatherings or keep a supply on hand for weekly dessert plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this mix fit into my keto or low-carb meal plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is formulated to deliver 0g net carbs per cupcake, making it suitable for most ketogenic and low-carb regimens when used as directed. It replaces sugar and grains with low-carb ingredients and natural monk fruit sweetener to mimic the texture and flavor of classic cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero sugar and zero net carbs per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 90 calories per cupcake serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable as a dessert or occasional snack within daily carb limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for variations—muffins, coffee cake, or trifles—while tracking macros.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary needs does this mix address?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScotty’s Everyday mix is gluten free and nut free, avoiding grain and nut flours that can create gritty textures in low-carb baking. It’s designed to be GMO-free and uses monk fruit to provide sweetness without sugar, which helps it meet multiple dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from gluten flours and nut flours—better texture and safer for those with nut sensitivities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with premium natural monk fruit extract.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added sugar and formulated for low-carb living.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGMO-free ingredients for clean-label appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake, and what equipment or add-ins do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix follows a simple formula: add butter, eggs, water, and vanilla extract, then bake. It’s designed for home bakers of all levels and comes with clear instructions to produce 12 cupcakes or one cake in about 20 minutes for cupcakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCupcakes: mix, fill 12 liners, bake ~20 minutes at recommended temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCake: pour batter into a single-layer pan and adjust bake time as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommon add-ins: cinnamon, sugar-free chocolate chips, or lemon zest for flavor variations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo specialty flours or equipment required—standard bowls, mixer, and pans suffice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the mix for different recipes or occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is intentionally versatile so you can adapt it into multiple low-carb desserts. Swap frostings, fold in berries or sugar-free chocolate, or turn the batter into morning muffins—each box serves as a neutral base for creativity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake crumb cake, coffee cake, or breakfast muffins by adding spices and toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate trifles or layered desserts with sugar-free fillings and whipped cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with keto-friendly icings or buttercream for celebrations and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree-box pack gives flexibility for testing multiple recipes or larger events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack of three is ideal for anyone who wants frequent access to low-carb baking without the fuss of making specialty flour blends. It’s a practical choice for keto dieters, those avoiding gluten or nuts, bakers who need a reliably sweet but sugar-free base, and hosts who want inclusive desserts for mixed-diet gatherings. If you’re looking for a simple, familiar-tasting cupcake or cake that keeps carbohydrates minimal while staying easy to prepare and customizable, Scotty’s Everyday Cupcake \u0026amp; Cake Mix is built to fill that role.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResistant tapioca starch, allulose, psyllium husk, chicory inulin, baking powder (sodium bicarbonate, monocalcium phosphate, sodium acid pyrophosphate), sunflower lecithin, modified cellulose, salt, konjac gum, xantham gum, monk fruit extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many cupcakes does one box make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One box bakes 12 cupcakes or a single-layer cake when prepared as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this mix truly gluten and nut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix is formulated without gluten flours or nut flours and is labeled nut free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Scotty's Everyday","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001989648467,"sku":"B09LVSJGR5","price":110.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/scottys-everyday-front-packaging_86e5ebe1-a5cf-4390-a6ae-ea0107fa5569.jpg?v=1787177389"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-gluten-free-baking-mix-variety-pack-4-count-cake-brownie-muffin-cornbread-mixes","title":"Krusteaz Gluten Free Baking Mix Variety Pack, 4-Count — Cake, Brownie, Muffin \u0026 Cornbread Mixes","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Gluten Free Baking Mix Variety Pack delivers four ready-to-bake, certified gluten-free mixes for cake, brownies, muffins, and cornbread that bake into familiar, home-style treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nWhether you’re finishing breakfast, feeding a crowd, or topping off dinner with something sweet, this 4-count assortment gives you quick, dependable gluten-free baking options. Each mix is certified by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization and made without artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives. The pack includes Cinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake (20 oz), Double Chocolate Brownie (20 oz), Wild Blueberry Muffin (15.7 oz), and Honey Cornbread (size varies), so you can swap between snacks and desserts with one box on the shelf.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake these mixes at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four mixes are formulated for simple, predictable results with basic pantry additions. Typical instructions call for common ingredients like water or milk, eggs, and vegetable oil or butter, then bake on a standard schedule depending on the recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake: whisk with water, oil, and eggs; bake for a fluffy crumb cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble Chocolate Brownie: mix with water, oil, and eggs for fudgy brownies with real chips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild Blueberry Muffin: combine with milk, butter, and eggs; bake about 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHoney Cornbread: versatile for skillet or muffin pan; add suggested liquids and bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from each mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach mix targets a classic flavor profile and texture so results feel familiar even without gluten. Expect a tender crumb for the cake, fudgy richness for the brownies, soft and airy muffins studded with blueberries, and moist, slightly sweet cornbread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon Swirl Crumb Cake: buttery crumb topping with a cinnamon ribbon throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble Chocolate Brownie: moist, dense interior with real chocolate chips and rich cocoa flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWild Blueberry Muffin: fluffy, moist muffin with burst-in-every-bite blueberries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHoney Cornbread: golden crumb with a subtle sweetness that pairs with savory dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mixes suitable for special diets beyond gluten-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Krusteaz mixes are certified gluten-free and free from artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, but they are not specifically labeled dairy-free, vegan, or nut-free. Check the ingredient list and allergen statements on the box for up-to-date information relevant to other dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free certified by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives across the included mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains or may contact common allergens depending on the mix—verify label before baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve or adapt these baked goods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mixes are flexible: serve as-is, dress up with simple toppings, or adapt portions for gatherings. They work well for breakfasts, dessert bars, potlucks, or as a quick side for weeknight dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cinnamon cake with powdered sugar, glaze, or fresh fruit for brunch presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd walnuts or a scoop of ice cream to brownies for richer desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe blueberry muffins warm with butter or jam for breakfast or snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse honey cornbread as a side to chili, soups, or barbecue; bake in a skillet for crunchier edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for? If you want trusted, easy-to-follow gluten-free baking options that produce classic flavors with minimal effort, this Krusteaz variety pack is for home bakers, busy families, and hosts who want reliable treats without artificial additives. It’s suited to anyone who needs certified gluten-free pantry staples but still wants the textures and tastes of traditional baked goods.\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Krusteaz mixes certified gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. All mixes in this pack are certified by the Gluten-Free Certification Organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What basic ingredients do I need to prepare the mixes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Most recipes need common staples: eggs plus water or milk and vegetable oil or butter, depending on the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002039652435,"sku":"B0BDMTYKV6","price":119.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-packaging-variety-pack.jpg?v=1787178015"},{"product_id":"baketivity-monster-cupcakes-baking-kit-for-kids-with-duff-goldman-video-tutorial-kid-safe-tools","title":"Baketivity Monster Cupcakes Baking Kit for Kids with Duff Goldman — video tutorial \u0026 kid-safe tools","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-to-bake kit that teaches children to make and decorate whimsical monster cupcakes with pre-measured ingredients, kid-safe tools, and step-by-step video guidance from Duff Goldman.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMake baking a hands-on lesson in creativity and kitchen confidence. The Baketivity x Duff Goldman Monster Cupcakes Baking Kit for Kids bundles measured dry ingredients, decorating tools, and an instructional QR-code video so children and caregivers can follow a pro baker’s pace while learning basic baking and decorating techniques. The kit is designed to simplify setup and cleanup while encouraging artistic play and STEM-adjacent learning through measuring, color mixing, and cause-and-effect baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes inside the box and how easy is it to get started?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all non-perishable components needed for the cupcake base and several colorful decorations, plus durable, kid-friendly tools and a QR code linking to a guided video tutorial led by Duff Goldman. Minimal adult supervision is required for oven use, while most preparatory steps, decorating, and sculpting are child-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-measured dry ingredient packets to reduce measuring errors and mess\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorating supplies: colored icings, edible eyes, sprinkles, and sculpting tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple printed steps plus a step-by-step video to match each baking stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear safety notes for adult-led oven steps and tips for easy cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the video tutorial enhance the baking experience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScanning the included QR code opens a video walkthrough with Duff Goldman demonstrating techniques in real time, making each task easier to follow than text-only instructions. The visual format reduces frustration, shows proper ways to shape and color decorations, and offers pacing cues so kids can keep up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVideo segments match written steps to reduce confusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose-up shots of sculpting and piping techniques for clear modeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTips for troubleshooting common decorating issues and saving time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat skills will kids learn from this baking kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond a tasty end result, the kit is structured to teach basic culinary skills and playful STEM concepts: measuring, following sequences, observing chemical changes during baking, and experimenting with color mixing. Children practice fine motor control through sculpting and piping while building confidence as they complete each cupcake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeasuring and following a recipe boosts reading and math comprehension\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor mixing and decoration encourage artistic experimentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHands-on sculpting sharpens coordination and patience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a baking session usually take and what supplies are still needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical baking session lasts about 60–90 minutes from prep to decorated cupcakes, depending on decorating detail and cooling time. You’ll need basic kitchen items not included: eggs, oil, butter, water, and an oven-safe muffin tin. The kit keeps extras minimal so families can use common pantry staples for a quick start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActive prep and decorating: 30–45 minutes; baking and cooling add 30–45 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRequires a standard oven and muffin tin (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple pantry items like eggs and oil are used to complete the batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: The Baketivity x Duff Goldman Monster Cupcakes Baking Kit is ideal for families with children aged roughly 5–12 who enjoy hands-on crafts, beginner bakers exploring kitchen skills, and adults searching for a guided, low-stress activity to share. It’s well-suited for birthday parties, rainy-day projects, classroom treats, or gift-giving when you want an experience-based present that teaches process and rewards creativity. While the kit simplifies most steps for young bakers, adult supervision is recommended for oven use and younger children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDIY Cupcake Mix\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are eggs and oil included in the kit?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the kit contains pre-measured dry ingredients and decorations; you will need eggs, oil or butter, and water from your pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the Duff Goldman video suitable for young children?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the video guides each step clearly, but adult supervision is recommended for oven use and handling hot items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Baketivity","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002042208339,"sku":"B0BJZB1SXB","price":126.66,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/baketivity-duff-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787178134"},{"product_id":"krusteaz-gluten-free-meyer-lemon-bar-mix-8-pack-of-18-42-oz-boxes-gfco-certified-real-lemon-flavor","title":"Krusteaz Gluten Free Meyer Lemon Bar Mix - 8 Pack of 18.42 oz Boxes, GFCO-Certified, Real Lemon Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKrusteaz Gluten Free Meyer Lemon Bar Mix delivers a buttery gluten-free crust and a bright Meyer lemon filling in an easy-to-bake mix sold as eight 18.42 oz boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis eight-box pack makes it simple to bake fresh gluten-free Meyer lemon bars for family gatherings, bake sales, or weekly treats. The mix is GFCO-certified gluten free and formulated to create a tender, buttery crust plus a sweet-tart lemon topping made with real lemons and no artificial flavors. Each box contains separate crust and filling mixes and includes a recipe on the back you can follow or adapt with mix-ins like fruit, cream cheese, or a powdered sugar dusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I bake these Meyer lemon bars from the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBaking from the mix is straightforward and designed for home kitchens. First, mix water and melted butter into the crust mix until crumbly, press into a pan, and pre-bake; then combine water and eggs with the filling mix, pour over the crust, and bake until set. Cooling and optional dusting or chilling helps the filling firm for clean slices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrust: stir water + melted butter into crust mix until crumbly, press into pan, and pre-bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilling: whisk water and eggs into filling mix, pour over crust, then bake until edges are set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish: cool completely, chill if desired, then slice and garnish with powdered sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this mix gluten free and suitable for allergy-conscious bakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is GFCO-certified gluten free, meaning it meets independent standards for gluten-free manufacturing and testing. It contains no artificial flavors and is formulated to mimic classic lemon-bar texture and flavor while avoiding wheat gluten. Always check packaging for full allergen details if you have severe sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGFCO-certified gluten free processing and labeling for consumer confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real lemons for a natural citrus profile—no artificial flavors listed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging includes ingredient and allergen statements; inspect if you have other dietary concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize these lemon bars to suit different tastes or occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is designed to be versatile—use the recipe on the box as a base and adapt to create new textures and flavors. Add a cream-cheese swirl for richness, fresh berries for color, or a zesty lemon glaze for extra tang. You can also cut bars into bite-sized pieces for parties or bake in different pan sizes to control thickness and bake time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd-ins: swirl cream cheese, fold in berries, or sprinkle toasted coconut before baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlazes\/toppings: lemon glaze, powdered sugar dusting, or candied lemon slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePresentation: bake in a sheet pan for bars or mini tins for individual servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store baked or unbaked mix and how long will it keep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnopened boxes should be stored in a cool, dry pantry and used by the printed best-by date for peak quality. Once baked, lemon bars keep best refrigerated in an airtight container for up to 5–7 days; you can freeze bars wrapped tightly for up to 3 months. Thaw in the refrigerator and refresh with a quick dusting of powdered sugar before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened mix: store in pantry, follow best-by date on each box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked bars: refrigerate in airtight container for 5–7 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreezing: wrap tightly and freeze up to 3 months, thaw in fridge before serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home bakers, hosts, and gluten-free households who want an easy way to make classic Meyer lemon bars without wheat. The eight-box bundle suits people planning repeat baking, small businesses, or group events where consistent gluten-free desserts are appreciated. If you value straightforward recipes, real lemon flavor, and GFCO certification, this Krusteaz pack offers a convenient pantry-ready solution for bright, citrusy dessert baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, whole grain sorghum flour, rice flour, food starch-modified, dextrose, palm and soybean oil, whey (milk), defatted soy flour, salt, citric acid, natural flavor, whole lemon powder (from Meyer lemons), lemon juice powder, baking soda, color (annatto, turmeric). CONTAINS: Milk, soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many boxes are included in this pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This order contains eight boxes, each 18.42 ounces, for a total of eight individual mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Meyer lemon bars certified gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the mix is GFCO-certified gluten free; always check the box for full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Krusteaz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002053775443,"sku":"B0BWKWC1Y8","price":142.68,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/krusteaz-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787178464"},{"product_id":"cravings-by-chrissy-teigen-banana-bread-muffin-mix-3-pack-dairy-free-shelf-stable","title":"Cravings by Chrissy Teigen Banana Bread \u0026 Muffin Mix 3-Pack — Dairy-Free, Shelf-Stable","description":"\u003cb\u003eCravings by Chrissy Teigen Banana Bread \u0026amp; Muffin Mix 3-Pack is a shelf-stable baking mix that makes moist, chocolatey banana loaves and muffins by adding just eggs, oil, and water.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis three-box set contains three 18.75 oz mixes designed so you can bake bakery-style banana bread or muffins at home without needing overripe bananas. The mix is dairy-free, keeps in the pantry, and yields a dense, chocolatey loaf roughly 1.5 pounds after baking. It’s formulated to simplify baking—perfect for quick treats, gifting, or keeping a dependable dessert option on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to bake from this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy—the recipe requires only three additional ingredients and straightforward baking steps, making it suitable for novice bakers and busy cooks. Prep time is short and results are reliably moist and flavorful when directions are followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJust add eggs, oil, and water—no ripe bananas required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach box makes one standard loaf (about 8 servings).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing and bake times mimic typical quick-bread recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear, simple instructions on each box for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does one box yield and how does the 3-pack help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 18.75 oz box produces one loaf with approximately eight servings and a dense, substantial crumb. The 3-pack is convenient for planning multiple bakes, gifting, or keeping extras in the pantry for days when baking on short notice is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne box → one loaf, about 8 slices\/servings per bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinished loaf weighs over 1.5 pounds for hearty portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree boxes let you bake loaves on different days or make batches of muffins for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk supply reduces repeat shopping and ensures freshness at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mix suitable for dietary preferences and storage needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is dairy-free, making it compatible with many diets that avoid milk ingredients. It is shelf-stable and stores easily in a pantry, so you can bake whenever you want without relying on fresh produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free formulation—fits dairy-restricted diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable boxes for long-term pantry storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse per-box as needed—no thawing or special storage required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for households that prefer keeping baking staples on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize or use the mix for different occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base mix is versatile—add-ins and tweaks let you create muffins, studded loaves, or individual servings for gatherings. Small changes to mix-ins or toppings let you adapt the flavor and presentation to suit breakfasts, snacks, or dessert tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd chocolate chips, nuts, or toasted coconut for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour into muffin tins for portable, single-serve portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop loaves with a drizzle or glaze for special occasions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScale baking time slightly for muffins versus a full loaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers who want a fast, reliable banana bread or muffin option without requiring ripe bananas—whether you’re stocking a pantry, planning for gatherings, or simply craving a comforting sweet. The Cravings by Chrissy Teigen 3-pack offers enough mix for multiple bakes, is dairy-free for certain dietary needs, and simplifies the baking process while delivering moist, chocolatey results that work for everyday treats, holidays, and last-minute hosting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, UNBLEACHED ENRICHED WHEAT FLOUR (WHEAT FLOUR, NIACIN, REDUCED IRON, THIAMIN MONONITRATE, RIBOFLAVIN, FOLIC ACID), CHOCOLATE CHUNKS (CHOCOLATE LIQUOR [PROCESSED WITH ALKALI], SUGAR, COCOA BUTTER, SOY LECITHIN [AN EMULSIFIER], VANILLA), BANANAS, UNSWEETENED COCONUT, MODIFIED STARCH, NATURAL FLAVORS, SALT, BAKING SODA, TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE, DISODIUM PHOSPHATE, MONO \u0026amp; DIGLYCERIDE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need ripe bananas for this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—this mix is formulated to produce banana-flavored bread without using fresh ripe bananas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many loaves does the 3-pack make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The three boxes yield three standard loaves total, with each box producing one loaf of about eight servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Cravings by Chrissy Teigen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002093654099,"sku":"B0D2JLX9FX","price":114.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/cravings-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787179497"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/baking-mixes.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}